1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
83 #include "common/array-view.h"
84 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
86 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
87 enum exception_event_kind
94 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
96 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
97 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)>);
99 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
102 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
103 struct linespec_result *canonical,
104 enum bptype type_wanted);
106 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
107 struct linespec_result *,
108 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
109 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
111 enum bpdisp, int, int,
113 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
114 int, int, int, unsigned);
116 static std::vector<symtab_and_line> decode_location_default
117 (struct breakpoint *b, const struct event_location *location,
118 struct program_space *search_pspace);
120 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
121 (const std::vector<value_ref_ptr> &vals);
123 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
125 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
127 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
128 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
129 const struct symtab_and_line *);
131 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
133 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
134 struct symtab_and_line,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
138 static struct breakpoint *
139 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
144 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
146 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
151 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
152 struct obj_section *, int);
154 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
155 struct bp_location *loc2);
157 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
158 const struct address_space *aspace,
161 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *,
162 const address_space *,
165 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *);
166 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, enum remove_bp_reason);
168 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
170 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
172 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
176 int *other_type_used);
178 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
181 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
182 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
183 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
185 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
187 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
188 insert locations now. */
189 enum ugll_insert_mode
191 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
192 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
193 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
194 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
195 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
196 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
197 returns true on them.
199 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
200 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
201 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
202 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
203 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
204 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
208 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
209 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
212 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
213 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
214 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
215 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
216 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
217 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
218 as no thread is running yet. */
222 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
224 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
226 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
228 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
230 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
232 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
234 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
236 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
238 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
241 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
243 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
244 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
245 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
246 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
248 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
249 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
251 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
252 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
254 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
256 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
258 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
259 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
261 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
262 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
264 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
265 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
266 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
267 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
268 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
269 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
271 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
272 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
273 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
274 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
280 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
282 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
283 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
284 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
285 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
287 static char *dprintf_function;
289 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
290 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
291 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
292 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
293 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
294 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
295 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
297 static char *dprintf_channel;
299 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
301 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
303 struct command_line *
304 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
306 return b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
309 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
310 current breakpoint. */
312 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
315 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
317 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
318 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
320 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
322 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
325 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
326 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
327 if such is available. */
328 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
331 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
332 struct cmd_list_element *c,
335 fprintf_filtered (file,
336 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
337 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
341 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
342 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
343 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
344 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
345 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
347 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
348 struct cmd_list_element *c,
351 fprintf_filtered (file,
352 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
353 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
357 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
358 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
359 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
360 use hardware breakpoints. */
361 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
363 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
364 struct cmd_list_element *c,
367 fprintf_filtered (file,
368 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
372 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
373 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
374 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
375 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
376 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
377 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
378 processing user input. */
379 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
382 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
383 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
385 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
389 /* See breakpoint.h. */
392 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
394 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
396 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
397 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
398 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
401 else if (target_has_execution)
403 struct thread_info *tp;
405 if (always_inserted_mode)
407 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
412 if (threads_are_executing ())
415 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
416 stopped, we still have events to process. */
417 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp)
419 && tp->suspend.waitstatus_pending_p)
425 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
427 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
428 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
429 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
430 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
431 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
432 condition_evaluation_auto,
433 condition_evaluation_host,
434 condition_evaluation_target,
438 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
439 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
441 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
442 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
443 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
445 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
446 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
447 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
451 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
453 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
455 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
456 return condition_evaluation_target;
458 return condition_evaluation_host;
464 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
467 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
469 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
472 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
476 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
478 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
480 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
483 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
484 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
486 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
487 static int overlay_events_enabled;
489 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
490 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
492 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
494 current breakpoint. */
496 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
498 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
499 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
500 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
503 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
504 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
505 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
508 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
509 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
512 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
513 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
514 to where the loop should start from.
515 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
516 appropriate location to start with. */
518 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
519 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
520 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
522 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
523 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
526 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
528 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
530 if (is_tracepoint (B))
532 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
534 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
536 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
538 static struct bp_location **bp_locations;
540 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
542 static unsigned bp_locations_count;
544 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
545 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
546 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
547 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
548 an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max;
552 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
553 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
554 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
555 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
556 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
558 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max;
560 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
561 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
562 reported by a target. */
563 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
565 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
567 static int breakpoint_count;
569 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
570 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
571 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
572 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
573 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
575 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
577 static int tracepoint_count;
579 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
580 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
581 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
583 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
586 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func) (struct breakpoint *b, void *d),
589 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
593 if (func (b, user_data) != 0)
600 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
602 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
604 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
607 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
610 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
612 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
613 breakpoint_count = num;
614 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
617 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
618 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
619 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
621 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
629 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
632 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
634 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
637 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
640 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
642 struct breakpoint *b;
649 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
650 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
653 get_breakpoint (int num)
655 struct breakpoint *b;
658 if (b->number == num)
666 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
667 evaluating conditions on its side. */
670 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
672 struct bp_location *loc;
674 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
675 evaluating conditions and if the user has
676 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
678 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
679 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
682 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
685 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
686 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
689 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
690 evaluating conditions on its side. */
693 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
695 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
696 evaluating conditions and if the user has
697 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
699 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
700 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
704 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
707 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
710 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
711 condition_evaluation_mode. */
714 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args, int from_tty,
715 struct cmd_list_element *c)
717 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
719 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
720 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
722 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
723 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
724 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
728 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
729 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
731 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
732 settings was "auto". */
733 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
735 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
736 if (new_mode != old_mode)
738 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
739 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
740 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
742 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
743 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
746 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
748 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
751 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
755 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
756 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
757 target knows about. */
758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
759 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
760 loc->needs_update = 1;
764 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
770 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
771 what "auto" is translating to. */
774 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
775 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
777 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
778 fprintf_filtered (file,
779 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
780 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
782 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
784 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
788 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
789 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
790 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
793 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
795 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
796 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
798 if (a->address == b->address)
801 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
804 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
805 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
806 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
809 static struct bp_location **
810 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
812 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
813 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
814 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
816 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
817 dummy_loc.address = address;
819 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
820 locp_found = ((struct bp_location **)
821 bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_locations, bp_locations_count,
822 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
823 bp_locations_compare_addrs));
825 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
826 if (locp_found == NULL)
829 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
830 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
831 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_locations
832 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
839 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, const char *exp,
842 xfree (b->cond_string);
843 b->cond_string = NULL;
845 if (is_watchpoint (b))
847 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
849 w->cond_exp.reset ();
853 struct bp_location *loc;
855 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
859 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
860 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
861 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
868 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
872 const char *arg = exp;
874 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
875 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
876 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
877 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
879 if (is_watchpoint (b))
881 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
883 innermost_block.reset ();
885 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
887 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
888 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
892 struct bp_location *loc;
894 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
898 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
899 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
901 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
905 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
907 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
910 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
913 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
914 completion_tracker &tracker,
915 const char *text, const char *word)
919 text = skip_spaces (text);
920 space = skip_to_space (text);
924 struct breakpoint *b;
928 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
929 if (!isdigit (text[1]))
930 complete_internalvar (tracker, &text[1]);
934 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
941 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
943 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
945 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> copy (xstrdup (number));
946 tracker.add_completion (std::move (copy));
953 /* We're completing the expression part. */
954 text = skip_spaces (space);
955 expression_completer (cmd, tracker, text, word);
958 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
961 condition_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
963 struct breakpoint *b;
968 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
971 bnum = get_number (&p);
973 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
976 if (b->number == bnum)
978 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
979 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
980 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
981 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
982 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
986 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
987 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
988 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
990 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
992 if (is_breakpoint (b))
993 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
998 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1001 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1002 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1003 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1006 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1008 struct command_line *c;
1010 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1014 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1015 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1016 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1018 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c->body_list_0.get ());
1019 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c->body_list_1.get ());
1021 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1022 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1023 command directly. */
1024 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1025 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1027 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1028 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1032 struct longjmp_breakpoint : public breakpoint
1034 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override;
1037 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1040 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type)
1042 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1043 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1044 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1048 is_longjmp_type (bptype type)
1050 return type == bp_longjmp || type == bp_exception;
1054 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1056 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1059 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1062 static std::unique_ptr<breakpoint>
1063 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type)
1067 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
1068 b = new tracepoint ();
1069 else if (is_longjmp_type (type))
1070 b = new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1072 b = new breakpoint ();
1074 return std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> (b);
1077 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1078 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1082 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1083 struct command_line *commands)
1085 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1087 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1088 struct command_line *c;
1089 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1091 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1092 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1096 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1097 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1098 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1099 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1100 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1101 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1102 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1103 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1104 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1105 tracepoint's context. */
1106 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1108 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1110 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1111 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1112 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1113 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1114 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1115 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1118 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1119 "can be used only once"));
1124 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1128 struct command_line *c2;
1130 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_list_1 == nullptr);
1131 c2 = while_stepping->body_list_0.get ();
1132 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1134 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1135 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1141 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1145 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1146 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1149 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1151 struct breakpoint *b;
1152 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1153 struct bp_location *loc;
1156 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1158 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1159 if (loc->address == addr)
1160 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1166 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1167 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1170 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1171 counted_command_line &&commands)
1173 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands.get ());
1175 b->commands = std::move (commands);
1176 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1179 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1180 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1184 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1186 int old_silent = b->silent;
1189 if (old_silent != silent)
1190 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1193 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1194 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1197 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1199 int old_thread = b->thread;
1202 if (old_thread != thread)
1203 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1206 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1207 breakpoint work for any task. */
1210 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1212 int old_task = b->task;
1215 if (old_task != task)
1216 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1220 commands_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
1221 struct command_line *control)
1223 counted_command_line cmd;
1225 std::string new_arg;
1227 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1229 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1230 new_arg = string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1232 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1233 new_arg = string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1234 arg = new_arg.c_str ();
1237 map_breakpoint_numbers
1238 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
1242 if (control != NULL)
1243 cmd = control->body_list_0;
1247 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1248 "%s, one per line."),
1251 auto do_validate = [=] (const char *line)
1253 validate_actionline (line, b);
1255 gdb::function_view<void (const char *)> validator;
1256 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1257 validator = do_validate;
1259 cmd = read_command_lines (str.c_str (), from_tty, 1, validator);
1263 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1265 if (b->commands != cmd)
1267 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, cmd.get ());
1269 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1275 commands_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
1277 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1280 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1281 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1283 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1284 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1285 enum command_control_type
1286 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1288 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1289 return simple_control;
1292 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1295 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1297 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1301 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1302 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1307 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1308 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1311 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1312 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1313 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1316 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1317 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1318 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1319 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1320 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1322 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1323 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1327 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1328 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1330 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1334 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1336 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1337 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1339 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1341 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1346 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1348 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1353 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1354 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1356 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1357 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1358 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1362 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1364 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1365 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1368 if (readbuf != NULL)
1370 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1371 shadow_contents buffer. */
1372 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1373 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1374 + target_info->shadow_len));
1376 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1378 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1379 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1383 const unsigned char *bp;
1384 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1387 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1388 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1389 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1391 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1393 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1395 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1396 breakpoint's INSN. */
1397 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1401 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1402 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1404 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1405 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1406 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1408 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1409 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1410 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1411 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1412 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1413 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1414 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1415 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1417 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1420 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1421 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1422 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1424 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1426 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1428 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1429 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1430 report higher one. */
1433 bc_r = bp_locations_count;
1434 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1436 struct bp_location *bl;
1438 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1439 bl = bp_locations[bc];
1441 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1442 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1443 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1444 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1446 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1447 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1448 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1450 if ((bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1452 && (bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1459 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1460 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1461 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1462 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1463 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1466 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1468 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1469 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1470 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1473 && bp_locations[bc_l]->address == bp_locations[bc_l - 1]->address)
1476 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1478 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_locations_count; bc++)
1480 struct bp_location *bl = bp_locations[bc];
1482 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1483 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1484 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1487 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1490 if (bl->address >= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1491 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1492 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max))
1495 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1498 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1499 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1505 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1509 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1511 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1512 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1513 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1516 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1519 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1521 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1522 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1523 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1526 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1530 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1532 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1533 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1536 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1537 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1538 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1539 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1540 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1541 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1542 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1543 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1546 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1548 return (b->pspace == current_program_space
1549 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1550 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1551 && !inferior_thread ()->executing)));
1554 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1555 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1558 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1560 if (w->related_breakpoint != w)
1562 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1563 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == w);
1564 w->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1565 w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w->related_breakpoint;
1566 w->related_breakpoint = w;
1568 w->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1571 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1574 static struct value *
1575 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1577 struct value *bit_val;
1582 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1584 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1587 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1594 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1595 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1596 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1597 to be able to report stops. */
1600 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint *b,
1601 struct program_space *pspace)
1603 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL);
1605 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1606 b->loc->pspace = pspace;
1607 b->loc->address = -1;
1608 b->loc->length = -1;
1611 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1612 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1615 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
1617 return (b->type == bp_watchpoint
1619 && b->loc->next == NULL
1620 && b->loc->address == -1
1621 && b->loc->length == -1);
1624 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1625 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1626 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1627 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1629 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1631 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1632 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1635 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1636 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1637 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1638 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1639 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1640 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1641 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1642 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1644 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1645 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1646 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1647 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1648 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1649 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1650 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1651 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1654 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1655 hardware watchpoints:
1657 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1658 called several times when GDB stops.
1661 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1662 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1663 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1664 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1665 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1666 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1667 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1668 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1669 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1670 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1671 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1673 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1674 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1677 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1679 int within_current_scope;
1680 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1683 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1684 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1685 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1686 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1689 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1694 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1695 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1696 within_current_scope = 1;
1699 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1700 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1701 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1703 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1704 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1705 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1706 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1707 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1710 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1711 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1712 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1713 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1716 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1718 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1719 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1720 if (within_current_scope)
1724 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1725 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1726 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1729 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1734 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1735 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1736 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1737 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1738 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1739 be completely different objects. */
1743 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1744 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1745 locations (re)created below. */
1746 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1748 b->cond_exp.reset ();
1751 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1755 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1756 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1757 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1758 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1759 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1760 if (!target_has_execution)
1762 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1763 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1764 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1765 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1767 if (b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1768 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1770 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1771 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1774 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1777 std::vector<value_ref_ptr> val_chain;
1778 struct value *v, *result, *next;
1779 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1781 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1783 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1784 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1785 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1786 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1787 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1789 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (b))
1791 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1792 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1793 b->val = release_value (v);
1797 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1799 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1800 gdb_assert (!val_chain.empty ());
1801 for (const value_ref_ptr &iter : val_chain)
1805 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1806 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1807 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1808 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1809 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1810 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1811 && (v == val_chain[0] || ! value_lazy (v)))
1813 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1815 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1816 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1817 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1819 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1820 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1823 enum target_hw_bp_type type;
1824 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1825 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1827 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1829 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1831 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1832 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1834 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1836 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1837 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1838 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1839 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
1840 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
1843 addr = value_address (v);
1846 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1851 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1853 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1856 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1857 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1860 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1862 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1863 loc->address = address_significant (loc->gdbarch, addr);
1867 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1868 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
1871 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1873 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1878 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1879 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1880 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1885 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1886 struct bp_location *bl;
1888 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1892 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1895 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1896 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1897 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1899 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1900 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1901 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1902 this watchpoint in as well. */
1904 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1905 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1906 hardware watchpoint type. */
1908 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1909 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1911 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1912 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1913 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1914 through watch_command), so always account for it
1917 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1918 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b, type, &other_type_used);
1920 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1921 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
1924 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1925 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1927 int sw_mode = b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b);
1929 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1930 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1931 "hardware watchpoint."));
1932 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1933 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1934 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1936 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1937 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1941 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1942 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1943 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1948 else if (!b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1950 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1951 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1952 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1954 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1955 "read/access watchpoint."));
1958 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1960 loc_type = (b->type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1961 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1962 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1963 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1966 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1967 above left it without any location set up. But,
1968 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1969 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1970 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1971 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b, frame_pspace);
1973 else if (!within_current_scope)
1975 printf_filtered (_("\
1976 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1977 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1979 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1982 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1984 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1988 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1989 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1990 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1991 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1992 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1994 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1996 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1999 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2002 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2005 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2008 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2009 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2010 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2011 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2012 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2013 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2014 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2015 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2016 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2019 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2020 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2021 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2023 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2024 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2025 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2027 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2028 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2029 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2030 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2031 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2032 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2033 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2034 && !(bl->owner->type == bp_single_step
2035 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl->owner->thread)))
2039 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2040 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2041 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2042 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2047 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2048 instruction that triggered one. */
2049 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2050 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2054 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2055 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2056 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2057 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2066 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2067 that the location is not duplicated. */
2070 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2073 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2076 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2077 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2081 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2082 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2083 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2084 any error during parsing. */
2086 static agent_expr_up
2087 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2092 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2094 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2095 that may show up. */
2098 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2101 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2103 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2104 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2105 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2109 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2113 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2114 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2115 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2116 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2117 one of them is true. */
2120 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2122 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2123 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2124 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2125 struct bp_location *loc;
2127 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2128 bl->target_info.conditions.clear ();
2130 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2131 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2132 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2134 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2135 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2138 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2139 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2140 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2141 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2142 response back to GDB. */
2143 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2146 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2150 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2151 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2152 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2153 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2154 loc->cond_bytecode = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2158 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2159 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2160 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2162 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2168 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2169 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2170 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2172 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2173 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2174 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2176 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2179 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2181 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2183 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2186 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
2191 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2192 for this location's address. */
2193 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2197 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2198 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2199 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2202 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2203 to send the conditions to the target. */
2204 bl->target_info.conditions.push_back (loc->cond_bytecode.get ());
2211 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2212 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2213 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2215 static agent_expr_up
2216 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2218 const char *cmdrest;
2219 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2220 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2227 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2229 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2231 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2232 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2234 format_start = cmdrest;
2236 format_pieces fpieces (&cmdrest);
2238 format_end = cmdrest;
2240 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2241 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2243 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2245 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2246 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2248 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2250 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2252 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2254 std::vector<struct expression *> argvec;
2255 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2260 expression_up expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2261 argvec.push_back (expr.release ());
2263 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2267 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2269 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2270 that may show up. */
2273 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2274 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2275 argvec.size (), argvec.data ());
2277 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2279 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2280 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2281 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2285 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2289 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2290 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2291 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2294 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2296 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2297 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2298 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2299 struct bp_location *loc;
2301 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2302 bl->target_info.tcommands.clear ();
2304 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2307 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2308 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2311 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2312 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2313 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2315 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2318 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2319 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2320 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2324 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2325 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2326 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2327 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2328 response back to GDB. */
2329 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2332 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2336 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2337 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2338 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2339 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2341 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2342 loc->owner->extra_string);
2345 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2346 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2347 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2349 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2355 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2357 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2359 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2362 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2363 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2365 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2367 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2370 loc->cmd_bytecode.reset ();
2375 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2376 for this location's address. */
2377 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2380 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2381 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2382 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2383 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2386 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2387 to send the commands to the target. */
2388 bl->target_info.tcommands.push_back (loc->cmd_bytecode.get ());
2392 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2393 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2394 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2395 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2398 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2399 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2400 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2404 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR *addr)
2406 if (bl->owner->type == bp_single_step)
2408 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (bl->owner->thread);
2409 struct regcache *regcache;
2411 regcache = get_thread_regcache (thr);
2413 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl->gdbarch,
2417 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl->gdbarch, addr);
2420 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2421 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2422 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2423 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2426 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2427 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2429 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2430 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2431 int *disabled_breaks,
2432 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2433 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2435 gdb_exception bp_excpt = exception_none;
2437 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2440 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2441 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2442 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2443 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2444 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2445 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2446 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2447 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2448 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2449 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2450 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2451 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2453 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2454 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2455 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2456 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2458 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2460 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2461 build_target_command_list (bl);
2462 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2463 bl->needs_update = 0;
2466 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2467 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2469 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2471 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2472 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2473 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2475 Two important cases are:
2476 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2477 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2478 hardware breakpoint.
2479 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2480 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2481 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2484 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2485 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2486 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2487 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2489 struct mem_region *mr
2490 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2494 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2496 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2498 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2499 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2501 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2503 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2505 static int said = 0;
2507 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2510 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2511 _("Note: automatically using "
2512 "hardware breakpoints for "
2513 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2518 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2519 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2521 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2522 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2523 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2524 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2526 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2532 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2533 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2534 || bl->section == NULL
2535 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2537 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2542 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2544 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2546 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2554 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2555 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2556 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2558 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2559 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2560 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2561 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2562 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2566 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2568 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2569 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2570 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2572 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2577 bl->overlay_target_info.kind
2578 = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
2579 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2580 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2581 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2584 = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2586 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2592 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2593 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2594 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2595 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2599 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2600 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2602 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2607 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2609 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2611 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2619 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2620 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2625 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2627 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2629 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2630 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2631 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2632 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2633 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2634 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2635 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2636 errors as memory errors. */
2637 if (bp_excpt.reason == RETURN_ERROR
2638 && (bp_excpt.error == GENERIC_ERROR
2639 || bp_excpt.error == MEMORY_ERROR)
2640 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2641 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2642 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2645 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2646 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2647 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bl->owner);
2648 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2650 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2651 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2653 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2654 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2655 "library breakpoints:\n");
2657 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2658 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2659 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2664 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2666 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2667 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_excpt.message != NULL;
2668 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2669 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2671 bp_excpt.message ? ":" : ".\n");
2672 if (bp_excpt.message != NULL)
2673 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n",
2678 if (bp_excpt.message == NULL)
2681 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2682 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2684 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2685 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2687 bl->owner->number, message.c_str ());
2691 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2692 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2707 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2708 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2709 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2710 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2714 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2715 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2717 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2719 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2720 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2721 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2723 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2725 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2726 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2728 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2730 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2731 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2735 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2736 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2743 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2744 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2747 /* Back to the original value. */
2748 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2752 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2755 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2759 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2760 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2762 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2765 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2769 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2770 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2772 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2775 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2777 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2778 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2779 so just return success. */
2786 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2787 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2791 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2793 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2794 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2796 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2797 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2799 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2800 delete_breakpoint (b);
2803 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2804 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2805 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2807 struct bp_location *tmp;
2809 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2811 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2812 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2813 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2815 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2816 if (tmp->next == loc)
2818 tmp->next = loc->next;
2824 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2825 removed locations above. */
2826 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2829 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2830 Throws exception on any error.
2831 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2832 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2834 insert_breakpoints (void)
2836 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2838 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2839 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2841 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2843 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2846 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2847 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2848 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2849 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
2852 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2855 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2857 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2859 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2861 callback (loc, NULL);
2865 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2866 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2867 always-inserted mode. */
2870 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2872 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2875 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2876 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2877 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2879 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2881 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2882 there was an error. */
2883 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2885 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2887 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2889 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2891 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2894 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2895 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2896 deletion of breakpoints. */
2897 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2900 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2902 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2903 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2904 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2905 insert breakpoints. */
2906 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2907 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2910 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2911 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2918 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2919 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2923 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2926 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2928 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2929 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2932 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2933 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2934 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2936 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2938 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2939 there was an error. */
2940 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2942 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2946 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2949 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2950 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2951 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2952 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2953 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2956 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2958 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2959 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2960 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2961 insert breakpoints. */
2962 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2963 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2966 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2967 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2972 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2973 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2974 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2976 int some_failed = 0;
2977 struct bp_location *loc;
2979 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2982 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2985 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2988 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2989 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2996 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2998 remove_breakpoint (loc);
3000 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3001 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert "
3002 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3010 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3011 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3012 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3014 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3015 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3017 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3018 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3022 /* Used when the program stops.
3023 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3024 removing a breakpoint location. */
3027 remove_breakpoints (void)
3029 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3032 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3034 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3035 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl);
3040 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3044 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3046 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3048 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3050 if (b->thread == tp->global_num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3052 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3054 printf_filtered (_("\
3055 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3056 b->number, print_thread_id (tp));
3058 /* Hide it from the user. */
3064 /* Remove breakpoints of inferior INF. */
3067 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior *inf)
3069 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3072 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3074 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3077 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3079 val = remove_breakpoint (bl);
3087 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3089 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3090 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3091 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3092 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3093 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3094 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3096 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3099 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3102 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3103 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3107 static struct breakpoint *
3108 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3109 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3110 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3112 symtab_and_line sal;
3114 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3115 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3117 breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3118 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3119 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3124 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3126 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3128 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3130 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3131 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3133 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3134 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym {};
3136 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3137 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES] {};
3139 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3140 int longjmp_searched = 0;
3142 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3144 std::vector<probe *> longjmp_probes;
3146 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3147 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym {};
3149 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3150 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym {};
3152 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3153 int exception_searched = 0;
3155 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3157 std::vector<probe *> exception_probes;
3160 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3162 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3163 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3165 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3168 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3170 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3173 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3174 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3176 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3177 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3179 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3181 bp_objfile_data = ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data *)
3182 objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key));
3183 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3185 bp_objfile_data = new breakpoint_objfile_data ();
3186 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3188 return bp_objfile_data;
3192 free_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3194 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data
3195 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data *) data;
3197 delete bp_objfile_data;
3201 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3203 struct objfile *objfile;
3204 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3206 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3208 struct breakpoint *b;
3209 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3211 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3213 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3215 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3218 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3220 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3222 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3223 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3225 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3226 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3229 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3232 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3233 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3235 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3236 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3237 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3238 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3240 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3242 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3243 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3247 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3248 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3254 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3256 struct program_space *pspace;
3258 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3260 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3262 struct objfile *objfile;
3264 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3266 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3269 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3270 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3272 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3274 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3276 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3278 std::vector<probe *> ret
3279 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3283 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3286 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3288 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3289 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3293 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3294 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3297 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes.empty ())
3299 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3301 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes)
3303 struct breakpoint *b;
3305 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3306 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3308 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3309 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3310 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3316 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3319 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3321 struct breakpoint *b;
3322 const char *func_name;
3324 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3326 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3329 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3330 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3332 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3334 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3335 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3337 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3338 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3341 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3344 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3345 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3346 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3347 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3348 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3349 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3350 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3356 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3358 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3360 struct program_space *pspace;
3361 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3363 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3365 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3367 struct objfile *objfile;
3370 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3372 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3374 struct breakpoint *b;
3375 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3376 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3378 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3380 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3383 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3385 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3387 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3388 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3389 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3391 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3392 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3395 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3398 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3399 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3400 bp_std_terminate_master,
3401 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3402 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3403 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3404 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3405 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3410 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3413 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3415 struct objfile *objfile;
3416 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3418 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3420 struct breakpoint *b;
3421 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3422 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3424 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3426 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3428 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3429 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3431 std::vector<probe *> ret
3432 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3436 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3439 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3441 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3442 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3446 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3447 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3450 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_probes.empty ())
3452 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3454 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->exception_probes)
3456 struct breakpoint *b;
3458 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3459 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3460 bp_exception_master,
3461 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3462 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3463 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3469 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3471 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3474 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3476 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3478 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3480 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3481 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3483 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3487 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3490 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3491 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3492 current_top_target ());
3493 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3494 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3495 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3496 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3497 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3498 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3502 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3505 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint *b)
3507 return b->location != NULL && event_location_empty_p (b->location.get ());
3511 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3513 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3514 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3516 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3517 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3518 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3519 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3520 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3521 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3522 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3523 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3524 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3525 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3526 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3528 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3530 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3533 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3534 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3536 delete_breakpoint (b);
3540 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3541 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3543 delete_breakpoint (b);
3547 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3548 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3549 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3550 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3551 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3553 delete_breakpoint (b);
3557 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3558 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3560 delete_breakpoint (b);
3564 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3565 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3567 delete_breakpoint (b);
3571 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3573 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3574 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3575 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3577 delete_breakpoint (b);
3581 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3583 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3584 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3585 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3586 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3590 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3591 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3592 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3593 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3594 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3595 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3597 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3598 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3599 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3600 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3601 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3602 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3603 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3605 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3606 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3607 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3608 let finish_command delete it.
3610 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3611 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3612 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3613 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3614 solib breakpoints.) */
3616 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3621 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3622 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3624 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
3626 delete_breakpoint (b);
3633 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3635 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3637 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid = make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid);
3638 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3640 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3641 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3643 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3644 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3645 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3647 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3650 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3651 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3652 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3653 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3654 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3655 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3656 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3660 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3666 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3667 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3668 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3669 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3670 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3673 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
3677 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3678 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3680 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3681 This should not ever happen. */
3682 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3684 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3685 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3687 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3688 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3689 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3691 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3692 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3693 || bl->section == NULL
3694 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3696 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3698 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3699 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3700 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3701 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3702 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3703 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3704 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3705 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3706 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3707 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3708 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3709 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3710 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3711 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3712 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3713 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3714 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3715 they should always be removed. */
3716 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3717 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3718 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3721 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3725 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3726 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3727 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3729 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3730 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3732 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3733 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3734 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3735 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3736 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3738 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3739 &bl->overlay_target_info,
3742 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3743 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3746 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3747 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3748 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3749 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3751 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3752 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3753 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3754 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3755 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3756 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3762 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3767 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3768 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3769 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3770 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3771 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3772 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3773 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3774 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3775 always-inserted mode. */
3777 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3778 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3779 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3780 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3786 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3788 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3790 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3791 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3793 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3794 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3796 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3797 if (reason == REMOVE_BREAKPOINT && bl->inserted)
3798 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3801 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3802 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3805 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3806 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3808 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3812 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3819 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
3821 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3822 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3824 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3825 This should not ever happen. */
3826 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3828 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
3830 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3832 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT);
3835 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3838 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3840 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3842 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3843 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3847 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3848 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3850 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3853 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3854 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3855 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3860 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3862 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3863 struct bp_location *bl;
3865 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3867 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3869 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3872 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3874 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3876 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3882 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3884 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3885 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3888 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3890 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3892 case bp_shlib_event:
3894 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3895 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3896 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3897 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3898 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3900 (gdb) file prog-linux
3901 (gdb) run # native linux target
3904 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3905 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3908 case bp_step_resume:
3910 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3912 case bp_single_step:
3914 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3916 delete_breakpoint (b);
3920 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3921 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3922 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3924 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3926 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3927 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3928 delete_breakpoint (b);
3931 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3932 valid. New ones will be created in
3933 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3934 The next update_global_location_list call will
3935 garbage collect them. */
3938 if (context == inf_starting)
3940 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3941 insert_breakpoints. */
3942 w->val.reset (nullptr);
3953 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3954 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3955 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3956 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3959 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3960 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3961 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3962 match, not program space. */
3964 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3965 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3966 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3967 permanent breakpoint.
3968 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3969 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3970 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3971 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3972 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3974 enum breakpoint_here
3975 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3977 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3978 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3980 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3982 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3983 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3986 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3987 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3989 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3991 if (overlay_debugging
3992 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3993 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3994 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3995 else if (bl->permanent)
3996 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3998 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4002 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : no_breakpoint_here;
4005 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4008 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space *aspace,
4009 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4011 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4013 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4015 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4016 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4019 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4021 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl, aspace,
4024 if (overlay_debugging
4025 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4026 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4028 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4039 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4042 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4044 struct bp_location *loc;
4047 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4048 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4054 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4058 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location *bl,
4059 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4062 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4065 if (overlay_debugging
4066 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4067 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4068 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4075 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4078 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4080 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4082 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4084 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4086 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4087 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4090 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4096 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4100 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4103 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4105 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4107 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4109 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4112 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4119 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4122 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4125 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4127 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4129 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4131 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4134 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4142 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space *aspace,
4143 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4145 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4147 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4149 struct bp_location *loc;
4151 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4152 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4155 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4158 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4159 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4163 /* Check for intersection. */
4164 l = std::max<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address, addr);
4165 h = std::min<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4174 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4178 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4180 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4183 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4186 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4188 if (bp_location_at != NULL)
4189 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at);
4192 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4193 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4196 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4213 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats &other)
4215 bp_location_at (other.bp_location_at),
4216 breakpoint_at (other.breakpoint_at),
4217 commands (other.commands),
4218 print (other.print),
4220 print_it (other.print_it)
4222 if (other.old_val != NULL)
4223 old_val = release_value (value_copy (other.old_val.get ()));
4224 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at);
4227 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4228 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4231 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4235 bpstat retval = NULL;
4240 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4242 tmp = new bpstats (*bs);
4245 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4255 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4258 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4263 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4265 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4271 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4274 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4276 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4278 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4280 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4282 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4287 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4296 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4297 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4298 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4299 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4301 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4302 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4304 Return 1 otherwise. */
4307 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4309 struct breakpoint *b;
4312 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4314 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4315 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4316 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4317 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4318 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4320 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4322 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4326 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4329 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4333 if (inferior_ptid == null_ptid)
4336 thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4337 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4339 bs->commands = NULL;
4340 bs->old_val.reset (nullptr);
4344 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4347 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4349 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4351 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4353 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4354 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4355 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4356 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4357 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4361 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4364 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4365 or its equivalent. */
4368 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4370 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0);
4373 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4374 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4375 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4376 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4378 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4379 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4380 bpstat of the current thread. */
4383 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4388 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4390 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4393 scoped_restore save_executing
4394 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands, 1);
4396 scoped_restore preventer = prevent_dont_repeat ();
4398 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4401 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4402 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4404 struct command_line *cmd = NULL;
4406 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4408 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4409 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4410 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4411 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4412 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4413 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4414 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4415 the tree when we're done. */
4416 counted_command_line ccmd = bs->commands;
4417 bs->commands = NULL;
4420 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4422 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4428 execute_control_command (cmd);
4430 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4436 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4438 if (current_ui->async)
4439 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4440 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4441 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4444 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4445 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4446 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4447 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4448 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4449 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4450 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4451 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4452 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4453 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4454 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4455 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4456 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4464 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4465 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4467 static thread_info *
4468 get_bpstat_thread ()
4470 if (inferior_ptid == null_ptid || !target_has_execution)
4473 thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4474 if (tp->state == THREAD_EXITED || tp->executing)
4480 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4482 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4485 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4486 while ((tp = get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL)
4488 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4489 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4490 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4491 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4492 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp->control.stop_bpstat))
4496 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4499 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4502 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4505 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4508 struct value_print_options opts;
4509 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4510 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4514 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4515 debugging multiple threads. */
4518 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out *uiout)
4520 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4525 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4528 struct thread_info *thr = inferior_thread ();
4530 uiout->text ("Thread ");
4531 uiout->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr));
4533 name = thr->name != NULL ? thr->name : target_thread_name (thr);
4536 uiout->text (" \"");
4537 uiout->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name);
4541 uiout->text (" hit ");
4545 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4546 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4547 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4548 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4551 static enum print_stop_action
4552 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4554 switch (bs->print_it)
4557 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4558 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4562 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4563 relevant messages. */
4564 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4567 case print_it_normal:
4569 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4571 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4572 which has since been deleted. */
4574 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4576 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4577 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4582 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4583 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4588 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4591 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4593 bool any_deleted = !current_program_space->deleted_solibs.empty ();
4594 bool any_added = !current_program_space->added_solibs.empty ();
4598 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4599 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4601 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4602 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4605 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4606 current_uiout->field_string ("reason",
4607 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4611 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4612 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "removed");
4613 for (int ix = 0; ix < current_program_space->deleted_solibs.size (); ix++)
4615 const std::string &name = current_program_space->deleted_solibs[ix];
4618 current_uiout->text (" ");
4619 current_uiout->field_string ("library", name);
4620 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4626 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4627 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "added");
4629 for (so_list *iter : current_program_space->added_solibs)
4632 current_uiout->text (" ");
4634 current_uiout->field_string ("library", iter->so_name);
4635 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4640 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4641 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4642 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4643 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4644 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4645 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4646 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4649 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4650 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4651 code to print the location. An example is
4652 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4654 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4655 to also print the location part of the message.
4656 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4657 don't require a location appended to the end.
4658 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4659 further info to be printed. */
4661 enum print_stop_action
4662 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4664 enum print_stop_action val;
4666 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4667 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4668 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4669 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4670 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4672 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4673 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4674 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4675 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4679 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4680 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4681 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4682 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4684 print_solib_event (0);
4685 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4688 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4689 with and nothing was printed. */
4690 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4693 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4696 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression *exp)
4698 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4699 bool res = value_true (evaluate_expression (exp));
4701 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4705 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4707 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4709 bp_location_at (bl),
4710 breakpoint_at (bl->owner),
4714 print_it (print_it_normal)
4716 incref_bp_location (bl);
4717 **bs_link_pointer = this;
4718 *bs_link_pointer = &next;
4723 bp_location_at (NULL),
4724 breakpoint_at (NULL),
4728 print_it (print_it_normal)
4732 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4733 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4736 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4738 bool stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4740 struct breakpoint *b;
4742 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4744 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4745 as not triggered. */
4747 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4749 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4751 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4757 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_top_target (), &addr))
4759 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4760 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4762 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4764 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4766 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4772 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4773 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4777 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4779 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4780 struct bp_location *loc;
4782 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4783 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4785 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4787 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4788 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4790 if (newaddr == start)
4792 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4796 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4797 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (current_top_target (),
4801 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4810 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4811 enum wp_check_result
4813 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4816 /* The value has changed. */
4817 WP_VALUE_CHANGED = 2,
4819 /* The value has not changed. */
4820 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED = 3,
4822 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4826 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4827 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4829 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4832 static wp_check_result
4833 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs)
4835 struct watchpoint *b;
4836 struct frame_info *fr;
4837 int within_current_scope;
4839 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4840 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4841 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4843 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4844 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4845 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4846 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4849 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4850 within_current_scope = 1;
4853 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4854 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4855 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4857 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4858 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4859 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4860 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4861 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4862 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4863 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4864 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4865 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4866 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4869 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4870 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4872 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4873 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4874 if (within_current_scope)
4876 struct symbol *function;
4878 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4879 if (function == NULL
4880 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4881 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4882 within_current_scope = 0;
4885 if (within_current_scope)
4886 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4887 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4892 if (within_current_scope)
4894 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4895 time before we return to the command level and call
4896 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4897 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4901 struct value *new_val;
4903 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4904 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4905 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4906 a mask watchpoint. */
4907 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4909 mark = value_mark ();
4910 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
4912 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
4913 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
4915 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4916 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4917 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4918 not what we want. */
4919 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4920 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val.get (),
4923 bs->old_val = b->val;
4924 b->val = release_value (new_val);
4926 if (new_val != NULL)
4927 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4928 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4932 /* Nothing changed. */
4933 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4934 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4939 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4940 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4941 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4942 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4943 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4944 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4945 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4946 the first value assigned). */
4947 /* We print all the stop information in
4948 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4949 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4950 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4953 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4955 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4957 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4959 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4960 uiout->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4961 uiout->field_int ("wpnum", b->number);
4962 uiout->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4963 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4966 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4968 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4974 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4975 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4976 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4979 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4980 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4981 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4983 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4985 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4986 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4988 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4991 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4992 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4995 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4997 const struct bp_location *bl;
4998 struct watchpoint *b;
5000 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5001 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5002 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5003 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5004 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5007 int must_check_value = 0;
5009 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
5010 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5012 must_check_value = 1;
5013 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5014 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5015 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5017 must_check_value = 1;
5018 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5019 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5020 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5021 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5022 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5023 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5024 must_check_value = 1;
5026 if (must_check_value)
5032 e = watchpoint_check (bs);
5034 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
5036 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
5037 "Error evaluating expression "
5038 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5041 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5043 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5046 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5054 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5055 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5059 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5062 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5063 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5065 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5067 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5068 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5069 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5070 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5071 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5072 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5073 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5076 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5077 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5080 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5081 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5082 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5083 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5085 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5086 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5087 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5090 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5091 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5092 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5093 changes. This still gives false positives when
5094 the program writes the same value to memory as
5095 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5096 it for a read), but it's much better than
5099 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5101 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5103 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5105 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5106 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5107 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5109 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5110 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5112 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5113 == watch_triggered_yes)
5115 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5121 if (other_write_watchpoint
5122 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5124 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5125 and the value changed since the last time we
5126 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5128 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5133 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5134 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5135 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
5137 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5138 the value hasn't changed. */
5139 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5149 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5151 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5152 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5153 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5154 anything for this watchpoint. */
5155 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5161 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5162 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5163 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5164 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5167 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, thread_info *thread)
5169 const struct bp_location *bl;
5170 struct breakpoint *b;
5172 bool condition_result = true;
5173 struct expression *cond;
5175 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5177 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5178 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5179 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5180 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5181 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5183 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5184 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5185 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5187 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5188 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5194 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5195 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5197 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread->global_num)
5198 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (thread)))
5204 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5206 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5208 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5210 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5212 cond = w->cond_exp.get ();
5215 cond = bl->cond.get ();
5217 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5219 int within_current_scope = 1;
5220 struct watchpoint * w;
5222 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5223 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5224 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5225 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5227 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5229 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5230 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5234 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5235 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5236 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5237 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5238 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5240 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5241 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5244 struct frame_info *frame;
5246 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5247 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5248 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5249 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5250 really matter which instantiation of the function
5251 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5252 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5253 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5254 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5255 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5256 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5257 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5258 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5260 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5262 select_frame (frame);
5264 within_current_scope = 0;
5266 if (within_current_scope)
5270 condition_result = breakpoint_cond_eval (cond);
5272 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
5274 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
5275 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5281 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5282 "in the current scope"));
5283 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5284 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5286 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5287 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5290 if (cond && !condition_result)
5294 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5298 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5300 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
5304 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5305 on the current target. */
5308 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location *loc)
5310 return ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5311 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5312 || (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5313 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5316 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5319 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5320 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5322 struct breakpoint *b;
5323 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5327 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5330 for (bp_location *bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5332 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5333 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5334 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5335 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5336 checked all locations already. */
5337 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5340 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5343 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5346 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5349 bpstat bs = new bpstats (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5352 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5353 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5354 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5358 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5359 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5360 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5362 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5364 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5366 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5371 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5372 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5373 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5378 VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5380 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr)
5381 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc))
5383 bpstat bs = new bpstats (loc, &bs_link);
5384 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5387 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5395 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5398 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space *aspace,
5399 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, thread_info *thread,
5400 const struct target_waitstatus *ws,
5403 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5404 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5405 bpstat bs_head = stop_chain;
5407 int need_remove_insert;
5410 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5411 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5412 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5413 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5414 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5415 inferior function calls. */
5416 if (bs_head == NULL)
5417 bs_head = build_bpstat_chain (aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5419 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5420 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5421 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5423 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5425 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5427 handle_solib_event ();
5432 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5433 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5434 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5438 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5443 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5444 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5447 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, thread);
5452 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
5454 /* We will stop here. */
5455 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5457 --(b->enable_count);
5458 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5459 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5464 bs->commands = b->commands;
5465 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5466 ? bs->commands.get () : NULL))
5469 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5474 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5476 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5477 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5480 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5481 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5482 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5484 need_remove_insert = 0;
5485 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5486 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5488 && bs->breakpoint_at
5489 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5491 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5493 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5494 need_remove_insert = 1;
5497 if (need_remove_insert)
5498 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5499 else if (removed_any)
5500 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5506 handle_jit_event (void)
5508 struct frame_info *frame;
5509 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5512 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5514 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5515 breakpoint_re_set. */
5516 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5518 frame = get_current_frame ();
5519 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5521 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5523 target_terminal::inferior ();
5526 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5528 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5531 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5533 struct bpstat_what retval;
5536 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5537 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5538 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5540 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5542 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5543 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5544 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5547 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5549 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5550 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5554 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5561 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5562 case bp_single_step:
5565 case bp_shlib_event:
5569 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5571 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5574 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5577 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5578 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5579 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5583 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5585 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5589 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5590 This requires no further action. */
5594 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5598 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5599 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5602 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5604 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5605 case bp_exception_resume:
5608 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5609 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5612 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5614 case bp_step_resume:
5616 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5619 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5620 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5623 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5625 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5628 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5629 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5632 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5633 case bp_thread_event:
5634 case bp_overlay_event:
5635 case bp_longjmp_master:
5636 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5637 case bp_exception_master:
5638 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5644 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5646 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5650 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5651 This requires no further action. */
5655 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5658 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5659 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5660 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5661 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5663 case bp_std_terminate:
5664 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5665 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5666 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5667 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5670 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5671 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5672 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5673 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5675 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5676 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5678 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5679 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5680 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5682 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5683 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5684 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5685 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5690 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5692 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5696 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5697 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5700 retval.main_action = std::max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5707 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head)
5711 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5713 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5720 handle_jit_event ();
5722 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5723 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5725 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5726 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5732 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5733 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5734 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5737 bpstat_should_step (void)
5739 struct breakpoint *b;
5742 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5748 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5750 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5759 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5760 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5761 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5764 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5766 static char wrap_indent[80];
5767 int i, total_width, width, align;
5771 for (i = 1; uiout->query_table_field (i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5773 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5775 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5776 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5777 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5782 total_width += width + 1;
5788 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5789 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5791 "host": Host evals condition.
5792 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5793 "target": Target evals condition.
5797 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5799 struct bp_location *bl;
5800 char host_evals = 0;
5801 char target_evals = 0;
5806 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5809 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5810 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5811 return condition_evaluation_host;
5813 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5815 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5821 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5822 return condition_evaluation_both;
5823 else if (target_evals)
5824 return condition_evaluation_target;
5826 return condition_evaluation_host;
5829 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5830 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5833 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5835 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5838 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5839 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5840 return condition_evaluation_host;
5842 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5843 return condition_evaluation_target;
5845 return condition_evaluation_host;
5848 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5851 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5852 struct bp_location *loc)
5854 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5856 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
5858 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5862 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5864 if (b->display_canonical)
5865 uiout->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5866 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5868 const struct symbol *sym = loc->symbol;
5871 sym = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5875 uiout->text ("in ");
5876 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5878 uiout->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5879 uiout->text ("at ");
5881 uiout->field_string ("file",
5882 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5885 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
5886 uiout->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5888 uiout->field_int ("line", loc->line_number);
5894 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, &stb,
5896 uiout->field_stream ("at", stb);
5900 uiout->field_string ("pending",
5901 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5902 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5903 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5904 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5905 if (!uiout->is_mi_like_p () && b->extra_string != NULL)
5907 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
5911 uiout->text (b->extra_string);
5915 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5916 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5917 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5920 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5921 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5927 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5929 struct ep_type_description
5932 const char *description;
5934 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5936 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5937 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5938 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5939 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
5940 {bp_until, "until"},
5941 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5942 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5943 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5944 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5945 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5946 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5947 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5948 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5949 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5950 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5951 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5952 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5953 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5954 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5955 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5956 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5957 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5958 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5959 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5960 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5961 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5962 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5963 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5964 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5965 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5966 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5967 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5968 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5969 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5972 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5973 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5974 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5975 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5978 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5981 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5982 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5985 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5986 const char *field_name,
5987 const std::vector<int> &inf_nums,
5990 int is_mi = uiout->is_mi_like_p ();
5992 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5993 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5994 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5997 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (uiout, field_name);
5999 for (size_t i = 0; i < inf_nums.size (); i++)
6005 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf_nums[i]);
6006 uiout->field_string (NULL, mi_group);
6011 uiout->text (" inf ");
6015 uiout->text (plongest (inf_nums[i]));
6020 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6023 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6024 struct bp_location *loc,
6026 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6029 struct command_line *l;
6030 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6032 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6033 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6034 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6035 struct value_print_options opts;
6037 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6039 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6040 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6041 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6044 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6045 header_of_multiple = 1;
6053 if (part_of_multiple)
6056 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6057 uiout->field_string ("number", formatted);
6062 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
6067 if (part_of_multiple)
6068 uiout->field_skip ("type");
6070 uiout->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b->type));
6074 if (part_of_multiple)
6075 uiout->field_skip ("disp");
6077 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6082 if (part_of_multiple)
6083 uiout->field_string ("enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6085 uiout->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6090 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6092 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6093 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6094 make sure there's just one location. */
6095 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6096 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6102 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6103 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6107 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6108 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6109 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6111 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6113 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6114 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6115 is relatively readable). */
6116 if (opts.addressprint)
6117 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
6119 uiout->field_string ("what", w->exp_string);
6124 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6125 case bp_single_step:
6129 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6130 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6132 case bp_exception_resume:
6133 case bp_step_resume:
6134 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6135 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6137 case bp_std_terminate:
6138 case bp_shlib_event:
6139 case bp_thread_event:
6140 case bp_overlay_event:
6141 case bp_longjmp_master:
6142 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6143 case bp_exception_master:
6145 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6146 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6149 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6150 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6151 if (opts.addressprint)
6154 if (header_of_multiple)
6155 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6156 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6157 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6159 uiout->field_core_addr ("addr",
6160 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6163 if (!header_of_multiple)
6164 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6171 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6173 struct inferior *inf;
6174 std::vector<int> inf_nums;
6179 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6180 inf_nums.push_back (inf->num);
6183 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6184 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6186 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6187 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6188 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6189 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6190 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6191 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6193 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_nums, mi_only);
6196 if (!part_of_multiple)
6198 if (b->thread != -1)
6200 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6201 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6202 uiout->text (" thread ");
6203 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6205 else if (b->task != 0)
6207 uiout->text (" task ");
6208 uiout->field_int ("task", b->task);
6214 if (!part_of_multiple)
6215 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6217 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6220 uiout->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6221 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6223 uiout->field_core_addr ("frame",
6224 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6228 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6231 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6232 uiout->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6234 uiout->text ("\tstop only if ");
6235 uiout->field_string ("cond", b->cond_string);
6237 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6238 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6239 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6240 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6241 == condition_evaluation_target)
6244 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6245 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6246 uiout->text (" evals)");
6251 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6253 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6254 uiout->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6255 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6256 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6259 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (b->thread);
6261 uiout->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr));
6266 if (!part_of_multiple)
6270 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6271 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6272 uiout->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6273 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6274 uiout->text ("\ttracepoint");
6276 uiout->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6277 uiout->text (" already hit ");
6278 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6279 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6280 uiout->text (" time\n");
6282 uiout->text (" times\n");
6286 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6287 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6288 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6292 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6295 uiout->text ("\tignore next ");
6296 uiout->field_int ("ignore", b->ignore_count);
6297 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6300 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6301 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6302 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6303 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6306 uiout->text ("\tdisable after ");
6307 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6308 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6309 if (b->ignore_count)
6310 uiout->text ("additional ");
6312 uiout->text ("next ");
6313 uiout->field_int ("enable", b->enable_count);
6314 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6317 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6319 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6321 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6323 uiout->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6324 uiout->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6325 uiout->text (" bytes\n");
6329 l = b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
6330 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6333 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, "script");
6334 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6337 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6339 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6341 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6343 annotate_field (10);
6344 uiout->text ("\tpass count ");
6345 uiout->field_int ("pass", t->pass_count);
6346 uiout->text (" \n");
6349 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6351 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6353 annotate_field (11);
6355 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6356 uiout->field_string ("installed",
6357 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6363 uiout->text ("\tnot ");
6364 uiout->text ("installed on target\n");
6369 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple)
6371 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6373 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6375 uiout->field_string ("original-location", w->exp_string);
6377 else if (b->location != NULL
6378 && event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()) != NULL)
6379 uiout->field_string ("original-location",
6380 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
6385 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6386 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6389 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6392 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, "bkpt");
6394 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6397 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6398 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6399 locations, if any. */
6400 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6402 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6403 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6404 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6407 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6408 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6410 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6411 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6413 struct bp_location *loc;
6416 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6418 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, NULL);
6419 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6426 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6428 int print_address_bits = 0;
6429 struct bp_location *loc;
6431 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6432 address to print. */
6433 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b))
6436 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6440 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6441 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6442 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6445 return print_address_bits;
6448 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6451 print_breakpoint (breakpoint *b)
6453 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6454 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6457 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6458 internal or momentary. */
6461 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6463 return b->number > 0;
6466 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6469 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6471 return b->loc == NULL;
6474 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6475 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6476 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6477 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6478 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6479 breakpoints listed. */
6482 breakpoint_1 (const char *args, int allflag,
6483 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6485 struct breakpoint *b;
6486 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6487 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6488 struct value_print_options opts;
6489 int print_address_bits = 0;
6490 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6491 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6493 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6495 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6496 required for address fields. */
6497 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6500 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6501 if (filter && !filter (b))
6504 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6505 accept. Skip the others. */
6506 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6508 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6510 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6514 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6516 int addr_bit, type_len;
6518 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6519 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6520 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6522 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6523 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6524 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6526 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6531 ui_out_emit_table table_emitter (uiout,
6532 opts.addressprint ? 6 : 5,
6533 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6536 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6537 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6538 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6540 uiout->table_header (7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6541 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6543 uiout->table_header (print_type_col_width, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6544 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6546 uiout->table_header (4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6547 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6549 uiout->table_header (3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6550 if (opts.addressprint)
6552 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6554 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6555 uiout->table_header (10, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6557 uiout->table_header (18, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6559 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6561 uiout->table_header (40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6562 uiout->table_body ();
6563 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6564 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6569 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6570 if (filter && !filter (b))
6573 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6574 accept. Skip the others. */
6576 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6578 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6580 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6583 else /* all others */
6585 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6589 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6591 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6592 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6596 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6598 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6602 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6603 uiout->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6605 uiout->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6611 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6612 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6615 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6616 there have been breakpoints? */
6617 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6619 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6622 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6623 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6626 default_collect_info (void)
6628 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6630 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6631 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6633 if (!*default_collect)
6636 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6638 uiout->text ("default collect ");
6639 uiout->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect);
6640 uiout->text (" \n");
6644 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6646 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6648 default_collect_info ();
6652 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6654 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6655 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6657 if (num_printed == 0)
6659 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6660 uiout->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6662 uiout->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6667 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args, int from_tty)
6669 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6671 default_collect_info ();
6675 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6676 struct program_space *pspace,
6677 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6679 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6681 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6683 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6684 && bl->address == pc
6685 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6691 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6692 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6696 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6697 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6698 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6701 struct breakpoint *b;
6704 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6705 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6709 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6710 else /* if (others == ???) */
6711 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6713 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6716 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6717 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6718 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6719 else if (b->thread != -1)
6720 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6721 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6722 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6723 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6727 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6729 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6730 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6731 printf_filtered (".\n");
6736 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6737 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6738 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6739 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6741 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6742 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6743 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6744 breakpoint location at address zero:
6752 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6754 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6756 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6759 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6760 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6763 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6764 struct bp_location *loc2)
6766 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6767 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6769 /* Both of them must exist. */
6770 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6771 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6773 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6774 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6775 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6776 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6777 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6778 other watchpoint. */
6780 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6782 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6783 w1->cond_exp.get ()))
6785 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6787 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6788 w2->cond_exp.get ())))
6791 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6792 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6793 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6794 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6795 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6796 become hw_access locations later. */
6797 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6798 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6799 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6800 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6803 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6806 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6807 const address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6809 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6810 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6814 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6815 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6816 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6817 space doesn't really matter. */
6820 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space *aspace1,
6822 int len1, const address_space *aspace2,
6825 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6826 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6827 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6830 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6831 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6832 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6833 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6836 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6837 const address_space *aspace,
6840 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6843 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6844 bl->address, bl->length,
6848 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6849 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6850 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6851 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6852 doesn't really matter. */
6855 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *bl,
6856 const address_space *aspace,
6857 CORE_ADDR addr, int len)
6859 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6860 || bl->pspace->aspace == aspace)
6862 int bl_len = bl->length != 0 ? bl->length : 1;
6864 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr, len, bl->address, bl_len))
6870 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6871 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6872 true, otherwise returns false. */
6875 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6876 struct bp_location *loc2)
6878 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6879 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6880 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6881 different locations. */
6882 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6887 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6888 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6889 represent the same location. */
6892 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6893 struct bp_location *loc2)
6895 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6897 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6898 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6899 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6901 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6902 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6904 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6907 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6908 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6909 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6911 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6912 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6913 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6914 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6918 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6919 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6921 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6922 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6926 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6927 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6929 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6930 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6932 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6935 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6936 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6937 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6938 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6941 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6942 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6944 if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6945 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6946 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6947 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6948 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6950 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6951 have their addresses modified. */
6954 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
6956 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6957 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6958 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6959 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6960 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6961 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6966 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr = bpaddr;
6968 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6970 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6971 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6972 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6975 adjusted_bpaddr = address_significant (gdbarch, adjusted_bpaddr);
6977 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6978 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6980 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6981 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6983 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6987 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops *ops, breakpoint *owner)
6989 bp_location *loc = this;
6991 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6995 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6996 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6999 switch (owner->type)
7002 case bp_single_step:
7006 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7007 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7009 case bp_exception_resume:
7010 case bp_step_resume:
7011 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7012 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7014 case bp_std_terminate:
7015 case bp_shlib_event:
7016 case bp_thread_event:
7017 case bp_overlay_event:
7019 case bp_longjmp_master:
7020 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7021 case bp_exception_master:
7022 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7023 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7025 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7026 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7028 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7029 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7030 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7032 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7033 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7034 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7035 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7040 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7041 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7042 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7045 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7051 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7053 static struct bp_location *
7054 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7056 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7060 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7062 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7066 /* Increment reference count. */
7069 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7074 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7075 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7078 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7080 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7082 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7083 free_bp_location (*blp);
7087 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7090 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&b)
7092 struct breakpoint *b1;
7093 struct breakpoint *result = b.get ();
7095 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7096 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7098 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7100 breakpoint_chain = b.release ();
7105 b1->next = b.release ();
7111 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7114 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7115 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7117 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7119 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7123 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7124 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7125 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7126 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7129 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7130 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7132 static struct breakpoint *
7133 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7135 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7137 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7139 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7140 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7143 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7144 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7148 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7150 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7152 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7153 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7154 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7156 const char *function_name;
7158 if (loc->msymbol != NULL
7159 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc->msymbol) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7160 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc->msymbol) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc)
7163 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7165 function_name = MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc->msymbol);
7167 if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7168 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7170 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7171 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7172 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7173 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7175 loc->related_address = loc->address;
7179 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &function_name, NULL, NULL);
7182 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7186 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7188 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7191 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7193 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7198 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7199 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7200 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7202 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7203 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7204 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7207 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7208 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7209 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7211 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7213 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7215 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7216 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7218 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7219 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7221 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7222 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7225 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7226 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7227 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7228 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7229 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7230 is also returned as the value of this function.
7232 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7233 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7234 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7235 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7236 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7237 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7238 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7241 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7242 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7243 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7245 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7247 init_raw_breakpoint (b.get (), gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7248 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7251 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7252 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7253 initiated the operation. */
7256 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7258 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7259 int thread = tp->global_num;
7261 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7262 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7263 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7264 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7265 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7266 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7267 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7268 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7270 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7271 struct breakpoint *clone;
7273 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7274 after their removal. */
7275 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7276 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7277 clone->thread = thread;
7280 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7283 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7285 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7287 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7289 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7290 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7292 if (b->thread == thread)
7293 delete_breakpoint (b);
7298 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7300 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7302 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7303 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7305 if (b->thread == thread)
7306 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7310 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7311 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7312 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7316 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7318 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7321 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7323 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7325 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7326 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7328 new_b->thread = inferior_thread ()->global_num;
7330 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7332 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7335 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7336 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7337 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7338 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7344 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7345 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7348 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7349 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7353 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7355 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7357 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7358 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->global_num)
7360 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7362 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7363 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7364 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7365 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7368 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp);
7370 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7372 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7373 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7374 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7376 delete_breakpoint (b);
7381 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7383 struct breakpoint *b;
7386 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7388 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7389 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7390 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7395 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7397 struct breakpoint *b;
7400 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7402 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7403 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7404 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7408 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7409 master breakpoint. */
7411 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7413 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7415 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7416 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7417 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7419 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7420 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7424 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7426 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7428 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7430 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7431 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7432 delete_breakpoint (b);
7436 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7438 struct breakpoint *b;
7440 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7441 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7443 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7444 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7445 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
7447 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7452 struct lang_and_radix
7458 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7461 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7463 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7464 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7467 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7470 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7472 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7474 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7475 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7476 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7477 delete_breakpoint (b);
7481 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7483 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7485 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7486 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7487 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7488 delete_breakpoint (b);
7491 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7494 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7496 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7498 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7499 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7500 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7501 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7504 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7505 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7506 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7508 static struct breakpoint *
7509 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7510 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7512 struct breakpoint *b;
7514 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7515 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7516 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7521 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7523 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7526 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7529 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7531 struct breakpoint *b;
7533 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7535 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7536 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7538 delete_breakpoint (b);
7544 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7545 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7548 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7550 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7552 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7554 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7555 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7557 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7558 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7559 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7560 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7561 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7562 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7563 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7564 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7565 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7566 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7567 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7568 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7571 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7576 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7577 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7578 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7581 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7583 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7584 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7586 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7588 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7589 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7591 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7592 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7593 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7594 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7595 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7596 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7597 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7598 || is_tracepoint (b))
7599 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7601 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7602 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7603 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7604 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7607 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7608 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
7610 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7612 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7613 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7614 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7617 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7622 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7623 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7624 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7627 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7629 struct breakpoint *b;
7631 if (objfile == NULL)
7634 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7635 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7636 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7637 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7638 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7639 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7640 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7641 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7642 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7643 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7645 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7646 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7651 struct bp_location *loc;
7652 int bp_modified = 0;
7654 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7657 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7659 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7661 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7662 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7665 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7668 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7671 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7672 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7675 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7677 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7678 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7679 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7680 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7681 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7684 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7691 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
7695 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7697 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7698 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7699 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7701 struct fork_catchpoint : public breakpoint
7703 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7704 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7705 catchpoint has triggered. */
7706 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7709 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7713 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7715 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7718 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7722 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7724 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7727 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7731 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7732 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7733 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7735 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7737 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7740 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7744 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7747 static enum print_stop_action
7748 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7750 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7751 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7752 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7754 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7755 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7756 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7757 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7759 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7760 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7762 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7763 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7765 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7766 uiout->text (" (forked process ");
7767 uiout->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7768 uiout->text ("), ");
7769 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7772 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7776 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7778 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7779 struct value_print_options opts;
7780 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7782 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7784 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7785 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7787 if (opts.addressprint)
7788 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7790 uiout->text ("fork");
7791 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7793 uiout->text (", process ");
7794 uiout->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7798 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7799 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7802 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7806 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7808 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7811 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7815 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7818 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7821 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7823 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7825 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7829 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7831 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7834 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7838 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7840 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7843 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7847 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7848 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7849 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7851 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7853 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7856 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7860 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7863 static enum print_stop_action
7864 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7866 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7867 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7868 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7870 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7871 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7872 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7873 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7875 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7876 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7878 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7879 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7881 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7882 uiout->text (" (vforked process ");
7883 uiout->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7884 uiout->text ("), ");
7885 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7888 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7892 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7894 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7895 struct value_print_options opts;
7896 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7898 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7899 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7900 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7902 if (opts.addressprint)
7903 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7905 uiout->text ("vfork");
7906 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7908 uiout->text (", process ");
7909 uiout->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7913 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7914 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7917 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7921 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7923 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7926 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7930 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7932 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7933 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7936 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7938 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7940 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7941 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7942 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7944 struct solib_catchpoint : public breakpoint
7946 ~solib_catchpoint () override;
7948 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7949 unsigned char is_load;
7951 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7952 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7954 std::unique_ptr<compiled_regex> compiled;
7957 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7959 xfree (this->regex);
7963 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7969 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7975 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7976 const address_space *aspace,
7978 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7980 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7981 struct breakpoint *other;
7983 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7986 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7988 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7990 if (other == bl->owner)
7993 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7996 if (self->pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->pspace)
7999 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8001 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8010 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8012 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8013 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8017 for (so_list *iter : current_program_space->added_solibs)
8020 || self->compiled->exec (iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8026 for (const std::string &iter : current_program_space->deleted_solibs)
8029 || self->compiled->exec (iter.c_str (), 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8035 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8038 static enum print_stop_action
8039 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8041 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8042 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8044 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8045 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8046 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8047 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8049 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8050 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8052 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8053 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8054 print_solib_event (1);
8055 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8059 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8061 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8062 struct value_print_options opts;
8063 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8066 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8067 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8068 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8070 if (opts.addressprint)
8073 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8080 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8082 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8087 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8089 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8091 uiout->field_string ("what", msg);
8094 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8095 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8099 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8101 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8103 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8104 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8108 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8110 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8112 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8113 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8114 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8116 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8117 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8120 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8122 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8123 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8124 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8125 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8126 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8127 created in an enabled state. */
8130 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8132 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8136 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8138 std::unique_ptr<solib_catchpoint> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8142 c->compiled.reset (new compiled_regex (arg, REG_NOSUB,
8143 _("Invalid regexp")));
8144 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8147 c->is_load = is_load;
8148 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8149 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8151 c->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8153 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8156 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8160 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8161 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8164 const int enabled = 1;
8166 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8168 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8172 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8173 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8175 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8179 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8180 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8182 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8185 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8186 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8187 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8188 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8191 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8192 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8193 const char *cond_string,
8194 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8196 symtab_and_line sal;
8197 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8199 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8201 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8202 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8206 install_breakpoint (int internal, std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&arg, int update_gll)
8208 breakpoint *b = add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg));
8209 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8210 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8211 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8214 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created.notify (b);
8217 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8221 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8222 int tempflag, const char *cond_string,
8223 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8225 std::unique_ptr<fork_catchpoint> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8227 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8229 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8231 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8234 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8236 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8237 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8238 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8240 struct exec_catchpoint : public breakpoint
8242 ~exec_catchpoint () override;
8244 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8245 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8247 char *exec_pathname;
8250 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8252 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8254 xfree (this->exec_pathname);
8258 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8260 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8264 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
8266 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8270 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8271 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8272 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8274 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8276 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8279 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8283 static enum print_stop_action
8284 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8286 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8287 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8288 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8290 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8291 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8292 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8293 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8295 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8296 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8298 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8299 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8301 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8302 uiout->text (" (exec'd ");
8303 uiout->field_string ("new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8304 uiout->text ("), ");
8306 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8310 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8312 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8313 struct value_print_options opts;
8314 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8316 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8318 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8319 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8320 is relatively readable). */
8321 if (opts.addressprint)
8322 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8324 uiout->text ("exec");
8325 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8327 uiout->text (", program \"");
8328 uiout->field_string ("what", c->exec_pathname);
8329 uiout->text ("\" ");
8332 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8333 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8337 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8339 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8342 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8346 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8348 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8349 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8352 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8355 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8358 struct breakpoint *b;
8359 struct bp_location *bl;
8363 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8364 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8366 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8368 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8375 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8379 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8382 struct bp_location *bl;
8384 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8387 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8389 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8391 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8397 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8398 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8399 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8400 types _not_ TYPE. */
8403 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8404 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8407 struct breakpoint *b;
8409 *other_type_used = 0;
8414 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8417 if (b->type == type)
8418 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8419 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8420 *other_type_used = 1;
8427 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8429 struct breakpoint *b;
8433 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8435 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8436 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8442 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8444 struct breakpoint *b;
8448 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8450 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8451 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8457 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8459 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8460 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8464 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8466 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8467 breakpoint_re_set ();
8470 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8473 static struct breakpoint *
8474 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
8476 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b (new breakpoint ());
8478 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bp_single_step,
8479 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8481 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8482 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
8485 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
8487 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
8490 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8491 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8495 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8496 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8498 struct breakpoint *b;
8500 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8502 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8504 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8505 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8506 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8507 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8509 b->thread = inferior_thread ()->global_num;
8511 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8513 return breakpoint_up (b);
8516 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8517 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8518 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8520 static struct breakpoint *
8521 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8523 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8526 struct breakpoint *copy;
8528 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8529 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8530 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8532 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8533 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8534 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8535 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8536 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8537 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8538 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8539 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8540 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
8541 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8542 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8543 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8545 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8546 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8547 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8549 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8553 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8557 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8559 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8563 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
8567 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8570 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8572 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8574 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8575 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8577 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8581 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8584 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8586 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8587 current_uiout->text ("\n");
8591 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
8593 static struct bp_location *
8594 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8595 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8597 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8598 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8599 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8601 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8602 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8604 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8605 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8606 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8607 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8608 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8609 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8610 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8613 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8614 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8615 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8616 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8621 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8622 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8623 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8624 loc->probe.prob = sal->prob;
8625 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
8626 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8627 loc->section = sal->section;
8628 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8629 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8630 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8631 loc->symbol = sal->symbol;
8632 loc->msymbol = sal->msymbol;
8633 loc->objfile = sal->objfile;
8635 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8636 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8638 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8639 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8640 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8641 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8642 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8643 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8644 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8645 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8646 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8647 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8648 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8649 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8651 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8658 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8661 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
8665 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8666 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8669 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8671 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8675 target_mem = (gdb_byte *) alloca (len);
8677 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8678 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8679 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8680 scoped_restore restore_memory
8681 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8683 if (target_read_memory (address, target_mem, len) == 0
8684 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8690 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8691 return 0 otherwise. */
8694 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8696 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8698 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8699 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8700 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8702 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
8705 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
8706 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8707 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
8710 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8711 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8714 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8716 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8717 char *printf_line = NULL;
8722 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8724 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8726 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8728 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8730 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8731 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8733 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8734 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8735 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8737 if (!dprintf_function)
8738 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8740 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8741 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8746 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8750 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8752 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8753 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8756 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8757 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8761 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8762 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8764 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8766 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8767 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
8768 = new struct command_line (simple_control, printf_line);
8769 breakpoint_set_commands (b, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line,
8770 command_lines_deleter ()));
8773 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8774 current style settings. */
8777 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args, int from_tty,
8778 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8780 struct breakpoint *b;
8784 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8785 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8789 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8790 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8791 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8792 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8795 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8796 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
8797 event_location_up &&location,
8798 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
8799 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8800 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8801 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8802 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8803 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8804 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8805 int display_canonical)
8809 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8811 int target_resources_ok;
8813 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8814 target_resources_ok =
8815 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8817 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8818 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8819 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8820 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8823 gdb_assert (!sals.empty ());
8825 for (const auto &sal : sals)
8827 struct bp_location *loc;
8831 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8833 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8835 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8836 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8839 if (&sal == &sals[0])
8841 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8845 b->cond_string = cond_string.release ();
8846 b->extra_string = extra_string.release ();
8847 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8848 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8849 b->disposition = disposition;
8851 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8852 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8854 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8856 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8857 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8859 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8861 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8862 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8864 = &event_location_to_string (b->location.get ())[3];
8867 p = skip_spaces (p);
8869 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8871 t->static_trace_marker_id.assign (p, endp - p);
8873 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8875 t->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
8877 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8879 t->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (marker.str_id);
8881 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8883 t->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
8886 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8887 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8894 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8895 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8901 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
8903 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
8904 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
8906 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
8909 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8910 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8911 if (type == bp_dprintf)
8913 if (b->extra_string)
8914 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8916 error (_("Format string required"));
8918 else if (b->extra_string)
8919 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
8922 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
8923 if (location != NULL)
8924 b->location = std::move (location);
8926 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
8927 b->filter = filter.release ();
8931 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8932 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
8933 event_location_up &&location,
8934 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
8935 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8936 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8937 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8938 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8939 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8940 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8941 int display_canonical)
8943 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type);
8945 init_breakpoint_sal (b.get (), gdbarch,
8946 sals, std::move (location),
8948 std::move (cond_string),
8949 std::move (extra_string),
8951 thread, task, ignore_count,
8953 enabled, internal, flags,
8956 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
8959 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8960 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8961 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8962 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8963 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8964 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8965 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8966 we take just a single condition string.
8968 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8969 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8970 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8971 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8972 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8975 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8976 struct linespec_result *canonical,
8977 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8978 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8979 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8980 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8981 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8982 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
8984 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
8985 gdb_assert (canonical->lsals.size () == 1);
8987 for (const auto &lsal : canonical->lsals)
8989 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8990 'break', without arguments. */
8991 event_location_up location
8992 = (canonical->location != NULL
8993 ? copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ()) : NULL);
8994 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter_string
8995 (lsal.canonical != NULL ? xstrdup (lsal.canonical) : NULL);
8997 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal.sals,
8998 std::move (location),
8999 std::move (filter_string),
9000 std::move (cond_string),
9001 std::move (extra_string),
9003 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9004 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9005 canonical->special_display);
9009 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9010 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9011 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9012 linespec locations).
9014 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9015 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9018 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location *location,
9019 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9021 struct symtab_and_line cursal;
9023 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9025 const char *spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
9029 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9030 breakpoint address. */
9031 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9033 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9034 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9035 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9036 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9037 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9038 symtab_and_line sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
9039 CORE_ADDR pc = sal.pc;
9041 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9043 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9044 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9045 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9046 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9047 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9049 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9051 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9053 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9055 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
9059 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9063 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9064 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9065 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9066 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9068 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9069 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9070 cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9071 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9073 const char *spec = NULL;
9075 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9076 spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
9080 && strchr ("+-", spec[0]) != NULL
9083 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9084 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9085 get_last_displayed_line (),
9086 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9091 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9092 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9096 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9097 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9100 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector<symtab_and_line> &sals)
9102 for (auto &sal : sals)
9103 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9106 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9107 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9108 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9109 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9110 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9114 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9115 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals)
9117 for (const auto &sal : sals)
9119 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9121 sarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9122 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9123 associated with SAL. */
9127 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal.pc, &msg))
9128 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9129 paddress (sarch, sal.pc), msg.c_str ());
9133 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9134 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9135 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9136 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9137 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9138 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9141 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9142 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9145 *cond_string = NULL;
9152 const char *end_tok;
9154 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9155 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9157 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9159 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9161 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9165 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9167 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9169 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9171 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9172 parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9174 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9176 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9179 struct thread_info *thr;
9182 thr = parse_thread_id (tok, &tmptok);
9184 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9185 *thread = thr->global_num;
9188 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9193 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9195 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9196 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9197 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9202 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9206 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9210 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9212 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
9213 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p)
9215 const char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9218 p = skip_spaces (p);
9220 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9222 std::string marker_str (p, endp - p);
9224 std::vector<static_tracepoint_marker> markers
9225 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str.c_str ());
9226 if (markers.empty ())
9227 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9228 marker_str.c_str ());
9230 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
9231 sals.reserve (markers.size ());
9233 for (const static_tracepoint_marker &marker : markers)
9235 symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (marker.address, 0);
9236 sal.pc = marker.address;
9237 sals.push_back (sal);
9244 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9247 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9248 const struct event_location *location,
9249 const char *cond_string,
9250 int thread, const char *extra_string,
9252 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9254 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9255 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9256 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9259 struct linespec_result canonical;
9260 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9263 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9265 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9267 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9268 if (extra_string != NULL && *extra_string == '\0')
9269 extra_string = NULL;
9273 ops->create_sals_from_location (location, &canonical, type_wanted);
9275 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9277 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9279 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
9281 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9284 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9285 throw_exception (e);
9287 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9289 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9290 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9291 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9292 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9293 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9296 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9297 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9298 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9299 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9303 throw_exception (e);
9307 if (!pending && canonical.lsals.empty ())
9310 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9311 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9312 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9313 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9314 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9316 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9317 are ok for the target. */
9320 for (auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9321 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal.sals);
9324 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9325 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9327 for (const auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9328 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, lsal.sals);
9331 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9332 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9336 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string_copy;
9337 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string_copy;
9344 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
9346 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9347 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9348 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9349 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9351 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string, lsal.sals[0].pc,
9352 &cond, &thread, &task, &rest);
9353 cond_string_copy.reset (cond);
9354 extra_string_copy.reset (rest);
9358 if (type_wanted != bp_dprintf
9359 && extra_string != NULL && *extra_string != '\0')
9360 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string);
9362 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9364 cond_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (cond_string));
9365 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9367 extra_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (extra_string));
9370 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9371 std::move (cond_string_copy),
9372 std::move (extra_string_copy),
9374 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9375 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9376 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9380 std::unique_ptr <breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted);
9382 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9383 b->location = copy_event_location (location);
9386 b->cond_string = NULL;
9389 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9390 b->cond_string = cond_string != NULL ? xstrdup (cond_string) : NULL;
9394 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9395 b->extra_string = extra_string != NULL ? xstrdup (extra_string) : NULL;
9396 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9397 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9398 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9399 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9400 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9401 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9402 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9404 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
9407 if (canonical.lsals.size () > 1)
9409 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9410 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9411 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9414 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9416 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9418 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9419 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9424 /* Set a breakpoint.
9425 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9426 condition, and thread.
9427 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9428 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9432 break_command_1 (const char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9434 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9435 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9436 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9438 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9440 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9442 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9443 if (location != NULL
9444 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
9445 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9447 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9449 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9451 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9452 tempflag, type_wanted,
9453 0 /* Ignore count */,
9454 pending_break_support,
9462 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9465 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9469 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9471 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9472 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9473 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9476 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9477 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9478 if (sal->explicit_line)
9479 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9482 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9484 const struct blockvector *bv;
9485 const struct block *b;
9488 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
9489 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
9492 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9495 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
9496 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
9501 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9502 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9503 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9504 happen in assembly source). */
9506 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
9507 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9509 bound_minimal_symbol msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9511 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9518 break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9520 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9524 tbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9526 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9530 hbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9532 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9536 thbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9538 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9542 stop_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9544 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9545 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9546 stop at <line>\n"));
9550 stopin_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9554 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9556 else if (*arg != '*')
9558 const char *argptr = arg;
9561 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9562 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9563 function/method name. */
9564 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9566 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9571 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9573 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9577 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9579 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9583 stopat_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9587 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9591 const char *argptr = arg;
9594 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9595 it is probably a line number. */
9596 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9598 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9603 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9605 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9609 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9611 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9614 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9615 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9616 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9620 dprintf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9622 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9624 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9625 the next character must be ','. */
9628 if (arg[0] != ',' || arg[1] == '\0')
9629 error (_("Format string required"));
9632 /* Skip the comma. */
9637 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9639 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9641 0 /* Ignore count */,
9642 pending_break_support,
9643 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9651 agent_printf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9653 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9656 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9657 ranged breakpoints. */
9660 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9661 const address_space *aspace,
9663 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9665 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9666 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9669 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9670 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9673 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9674 ranged breakpoints. */
9677 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9679 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9682 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9683 ranged breakpoints. */
9685 static enum print_stop_action
9686 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9688 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9689 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9690 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9692 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9694 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9695 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9697 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9699 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
9701 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9702 uiout->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9704 uiout->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9705 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
9707 uiout->field_string ("reason",
9708 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9709 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9711 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
9714 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9717 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9718 ranged breakpoints. */
9721 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9722 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9724 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9725 struct value_print_options opts;
9726 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9728 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9729 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9731 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9733 if (opts.addressprint)
9734 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9735 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9736 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
9738 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9742 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9743 ranged breakpoints. */
9746 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9747 struct ui_out *uiout)
9749 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9750 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9755 address_start = bl->address;
9756 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9758 uiout->text ("\taddress range: ");
9759 stb.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9760 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9761 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9762 uiout->field_stream ("addr", stb);
9766 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9767 ranged breakpoints. */
9770 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9772 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9773 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9776 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9778 uiout->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9779 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9780 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9783 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9784 ranged breakpoints. */
9787 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9789 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s",
9790 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
9791 event_location_to_string (b->location_range_end.get ()));
9792 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9795 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9797 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9799 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9800 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9801 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9802 last instruction of the given line. */
9805 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
9809 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9810 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9811 if (sal.explicit_pc)
9818 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
9820 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9822 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9829 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9832 break_range_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9834 const char *arg_start;
9835 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
9836 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
9838 struct breakpoint *b;
9840 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9841 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9842 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9844 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9845 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9846 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9849 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9851 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9852 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
9853 error(_("No address range specified."));
9856 event_location_up start_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9858 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location.get (), &canonical_start);
9861 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9862 else if (canonical_start.lsals.empty ())
9863 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9865 const linespec_sals &lsal_start = canonical_start.lsals[0];
9867 if (canonical_start.lsals.size () > 1
9868 || lsal_start.sals.size () != 1)
9869 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9871 const symtab_and_line &sal_start = lsal_start.sals[0];
9872 std::string addr_string_start (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9874 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
9875 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9877 /* Parse the end location. */
9881 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9882 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9883 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9884 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9885 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9886 event_location_up end_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9888 decode_line_full (end_location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9889 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
9890 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
9892 if (canonical_end.lsals.empty ())
9893 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9895 const linespec_sals &lsal_end = canonical_end.lsals[0];
9896 if (canonical_end.lsals.size () > 1
9897 || lsal_end.sals.size () != 1)
9898 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9900 const symtab_and_line &sal_end = lsal_end.sals[0];
9902 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
9903 if (sal_start.pc > end)
9904 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9906 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
9908 /* Length overflowed. */
9909 error (_("Address range too large."));
9910 else if (length == 1)
9912 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9913 the `hbreak' command. */
9914 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start[0], 1);
9919 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9920 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
9921 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
9922 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
9923 b->number = breakpoint_count;
9924 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9925 b->location = std::move (start_location);
9926 b->location_range_end = std::move (end_location);
9927 b->loc->length = length;
9930 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created.notify (b);
9931 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9934 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9935 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9936 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9940 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
9948 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9949 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
9952 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
9962 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
9963 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
9964 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
9965 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
9966 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
9968 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
9994 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
9997 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
9998 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10003 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10004 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10005 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10006 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10007 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10008 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10009 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10011 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10012 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10017 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10019 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10020 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10021 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10022 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10024 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10025 are always constant. */
10027 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10029 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10030 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10031 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10036 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10037 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10038 then it is not a constant. */
10047 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10049 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10051 xfree (this->exp_string);
10052 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse);
10055 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10058 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10060 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10062 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10063 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10065 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10066 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10067 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10068 are loaded and unloaded.
10070 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10071 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10072 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10073 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10074 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10075 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10077 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10078 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10079 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10080 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10082 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10083 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10085 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10086 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10087 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10090 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10093 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10095 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10096 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10098 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10099 w->cond_exp.get ());
10102 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10105 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10107 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10108 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10110 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10111 w->cond_exp.get ());
10115 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10116 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10117 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10119 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10120 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10122 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10123 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10124 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10125 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10126 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10127 (did not match the data address). */
10128 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10129 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10136 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10138 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10140 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10143 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10144 hardware watchpoints. */
10147 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10149 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10150 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10152 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10155 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10156 hardware watchpoints. */
10159 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10161 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10162 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10165 static enum print_stop_action
10166 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10168 struct breakpoint *b;
10169 enum print_stop_action result;
10170 struct watchpoint *w;
10171 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10173 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10175 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10176 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10178 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10179 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10183 gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_tuple> tuple_emitter;
10186 case bp_watchpoint:
10187 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10188 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10189 uiout->field_string
10190 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10192 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10193 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10194 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val.get (), &stb);
10195 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10196 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10197 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10198 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10199 uiout->text ("\n");
10200 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10201 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10204 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10205 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10206 uiout->field_string
10207 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10209 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10210 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10211 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10212 uiout->field_stream ("value", stb);
10213 uiout->text ("\n");
10214 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10217 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10218 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10220 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10221 uiout->field_string
10223 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10225 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10226 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10227 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val.get (), &stb);
10228 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10229 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10234 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10235 uiout->field_string
10237 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10238 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10239 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10241 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10242 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10243 uiout->text ("\n");
10244 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10247 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10253 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10257 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10259 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10260 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10261 const char *tuple_name;
10265 case bp_watchpoint:
10266 uiout->text ("Watchpoint ");
10267 tuple_name = "wpt";
10269 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10270 uiout->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10271 tuple_name = "wpt";
10273 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10274 uiout->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10275 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10277 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10278 uiout->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10279 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10282 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10283 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10286 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10287 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10288 uiout->text (": ");
10289 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10292 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10296 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10298 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10302 case bp_watchpoint:
10303 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10304 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10306 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10307 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10309 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10310 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10313 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10314 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10317 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10318 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10321 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10325 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10327 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10328 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10329 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10335 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10337 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10339 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10340 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10343 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10345 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10347 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10348 bl->watchpoint_type);
10351 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10352 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10355 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10357 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10359 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10360 bl->watchpoint_type);
10363 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10364 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10367 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10369 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10371 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10374 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10375 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10378 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10383 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10384 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10386 static enum print_stop_action
10387 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10389 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10390 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10392 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10393 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10395 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10396 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10400 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10401 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10402 uiout->field_string
10403 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10406 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10407 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10408 uiout->field_string
10409 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10412 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10413 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10414 uiout->field_string
10416 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10419 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10420 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10424 uiout->text (_("\n\
10425 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10426 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10427 uiout->text ("\n");
10429 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10430 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10433 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10434 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10437 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10438 struct ui_out *uiout)
10440 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10442 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10443 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10445 uiout->text ("\tmask ");
10446 uiout->field_core_addr ("mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10447 uiout->text ("\n");
10450 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10451 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10454 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10456 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10457 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10458 const char *tuple_name;
10462 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10463 uiout->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10464 tuple_name = "wpt";
10466 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10467 uiout->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10468 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10470 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10471 uiout->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10472 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10475 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10476 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10479 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10480 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10481 uiout->text (": ");
10482 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10485 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10486 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10489 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10491 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10496 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10497 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10499 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10500 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10502 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10503 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10506 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10507 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10510 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10511 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10512 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10515 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10517 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10519 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10522 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10524 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10527 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10528 hw_read: watch read,
10529 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10531 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10532 int just_location, int internal)
10534 struct breakpoint *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10535 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10536 struct value *mark, *result;
10537 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
10538 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10539 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10540 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10542 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10543 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10544 enum bptype bp_type;
10547 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10548 the hardware watchpoint. */
10550 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10552 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10553 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10555 const char *value_start;
10557 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10559 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10560 of the arguments string. */
10561 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10563 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10564 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10567 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10568 This is the value of the parameter. */
10569 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10571 value_start = tok + 1;
10573 /* Skip whitespace. */
10574 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10579 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10580 This is the parameter itself. */
10581 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10584 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10586 if (toklen == 6 && startswith (tok, "thread"))
10588 struct thread_info *thr;
10589 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10590 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10591 only in a specific thread. */
10595 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10597 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10598 thr = parse_thread_id (value_start, &endp);
10600 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10601 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10602 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start);
10604 thread = thr->global_num;
10606 else if (toklen == 4 && startswith (tok, "mask"))
10608 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10609 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10611 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10614 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10616 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10618 mark = value_mark ();
10619 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10620 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10621 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10624 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10627 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10628 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10635 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10636 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10638 innermost_block.reset ();
10639 std::string expression (arg, exp_end - arg);
10640 exp_start = arg = expression.c_str ();
10641 expression_up exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10643 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10644 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10646 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10649 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10650 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp.get ()))
10654 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10655 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10657 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10660 exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
10661 mark = value_mark ();
10662 struct value *val_as_value = nullptr;
10663 fetch_subexp_value (exp.get (), &pc, &val_as_value, &result, NULL,
10666 if (val_as_value != NULL && just_location)
10668 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val_as_value);
10669 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val_as_value);
10677 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10678 val = release_value (value_addr (result));
10679 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10683 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val.get ()),
10686 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10687 else if (ret == -2)
10688 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10691 else if (val_as_value != NULL)
10692 val = release_value (val_as_value);
10694 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10695 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10697 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10698 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10700 innermost_block.reset ();
10701 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10702 parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10704 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10705 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10706 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
10711 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10713 frame_info *wp_frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10715 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10717 frame_id watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (wp_frame);
10719 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10720 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10721 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10722 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10723 if (exp_valid_block != NULL && wp_frame != NULL)
10725 frame_id caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame);
10727 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
10729 gdbarch *caller_arch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame);
10730 CORE_ADDR caller_pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame);
10733 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch, caller_pc,
10734 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10735 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10737 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10740 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10742 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10743 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10745 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10746 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = caller_frame_id;
10748 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10749 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch = caller_arch;
10750 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address = caller_pc;
10751 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10752 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10753 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10754 scope_breakpoint->type);
10758 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10759 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10760 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10761 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10763 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10764 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10765 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10766 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10768 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10770 std::unique_ptr<watchpoint> w (new watchpoint ());
10773 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10774 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10776 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10777 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10778 w->thread = thread;
10779 w->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10780 w->pspace = current_program_space;
10781 w->exp = std::move (exp);
10782 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10783 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10786 struct type *t = value_type (val.get ());
10787 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val.get ());
10789 w->exp_string_reparse
10790 = current_language->la_watch_location_expression (t, addr).release ();
10792 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10793 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10796 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10800 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
10805 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
10806 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
10811 w->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
10813 w->cond_string = 0;
10815 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame))
10817 w->watchpoint_frame = watchpoint_frame;
10818 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
10822 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
10823 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
10826 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
10828 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10829 need to act on them together. */
10830 w->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
10831 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w.get ();
10834 if (!just_location)
10835 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10837 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10838 that should be inserted. */
10839 update_watchpoint (w.get (), 1);
10841 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (w), 1);
10844 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10845 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10848 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector<value_ref_ptr> &vals)
10850 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
10852 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10853 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
10856 gdb_assert (!vals.empty ());
10857 struct value *head = vals[0].get ();
10859 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10860 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10861 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10862 hardware watchpoint.
10864 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10865 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10866 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10867 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10868 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10869 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10870 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10871 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10872 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10874 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10875 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10876 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10877 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10878 for (const value_ref_ptr &iter : vals)
10880 struct value *v = iter.get ();
10882 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
10884 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
10885 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10886 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10887 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10888 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10889 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10893 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10894 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10895 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
10897 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10898 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10899 middle of some value chain. */
10901 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10902 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
10904 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
10908 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
10909 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
10910 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
10912 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
10916 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
10920 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
10921 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
10922 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10923 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
10924 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10927 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10928 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10929 return found_memory_cnt;
10933 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10935 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
10938 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10939 calls watch_command_1. */
10942 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
10944 int just_location = 0;
10947 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10948 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10950 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10954 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
10958 watch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10960 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
10964 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10966 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
10970 rwatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10972 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
10976 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10978 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
10982 awatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10984 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
10988 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10989 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10992 struct until_break_fsm
10994 /* The base class. */
10995 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm;
10997 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11000 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11001 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint;
11003 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11005 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint;
11008 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self,
11009 struct thread_info *thread);
11010 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self,
11011 struct thread_info *thread);
11012 static enum async_reply_reason
11013 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self);
11015 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11017 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops =
11020 until_break_fsm_clean_up,
11021 until_break_fsm_should_stop,
11022 NULL, /* return_value */
11023 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason,
11026 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11028 static struct until_break_fsm *
11029 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp *cmd_interp, int thread,
11030 breakpoint_up &&location_breakpoint,
11031 breakpoint_up &&caller_breakpoint)
11033 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11035 sm = XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm);
11036 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm->thread_fsm, &until_break_fsm_ops, cmd_interp);
11038 sm->thread = thread;
11039 sm->location_breakpoint = location_breakpoint.release ();
11040 sm->caller_breakpoint = caller_breakpoint.release ();
11045 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11046 until(location)/advance commands. */
11049 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self,
11050 struct thread_info *tp)
11052 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11054 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11055 sm->location_breakpoint) != NULL
11056 || (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL
11057 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11058 sm->caller_breakpoint) != NULL))
11059 thread_fsm_set_finished (self);
11064 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11065 until(location)/advance commands. */
11068 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self,
11069 struct thread_info *thread)
11071 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11073 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11074 if (sm->location_breakpoint != NULL)
11076 delete_breakpoint (sm->location_breakpoint);
11077 sm->location_breakpoint = NULL;
11079 if (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL)
11081 delete_breakpoint (sm->caller_breakpoint);
11082 sm->caller_breakpoint = NULL;
11084 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm->thread);
11087 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11088 until(location)/advance commands. */
11090 static enum async_reply_reason
11091 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self)
11093 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED;
11097 until_break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11099 struct frame_info *frame;
11100 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11101 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11102 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11103 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11105 struct thread_info *tp;
11106 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11108 clear_proceed_status (0);
11110 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11113 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
11115 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals
11116 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11117 ? decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
11118 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11119 get_last_displayed_line ())
11120 : decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11121 NULL, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0));
11123 if (sals.size () != 1)
11124 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11126 symtab_and_line &sal = sals[0];
11129 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11131 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11133 tp = inferior_thread ();
11134 thread = tp->global_num;
11136 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11138 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11139 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11140 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11143 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11144 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11145 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11146 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11148 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11151 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint;
11152 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11154 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11155 struct gdbarch *caller_gdbarch;
11157 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11158 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11159 caller_gdbarch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11160 caller_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch,
11165 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11166 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11169 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11172 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint;
11174 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11175 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11176 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11177 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11179 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11180 only at the very same frame. */
11181 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11182 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11184 sm = new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp->global_num,
11185 std::move (location_breakpoint),
11186 std::move (caller_breakpoint));
11187 tp->thread_fsm = &sm->thread_fsm;
11189 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11191 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT);
11194 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11195 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11197 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11198 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11199 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11200 if clause in the arg string. */
11203 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg)
11205 const char *cond_string;
11207 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11210 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11213 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11214 condition string. */
11215 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11216 cond_string = *arg;
11218 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11220 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11222 return cond_string;
11225 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11226 process start/exit, etc. */
11230 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11231 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11236 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11237 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11239 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11240 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11241 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11244 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11245 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11246 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11250 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11252 /* The allowed syntax is:
11254 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11256 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11257 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11259 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11260 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11262 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11263 and enable reporting of such events. */
11266 case catch_fork_temporary:
11267 case catch_fork_permanent:
11268 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11269 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11271 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11272 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11273 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11274 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11277 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11283 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11284 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11286 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11288 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11290 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11294 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11296 /* The allowed syntax is:
11298 catch exec if <cond>
11300 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11301 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11303 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11304 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11306 std::unique_ptr<exec_catchpoint> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11307 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11308 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11309 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11311 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
11315 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11316 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11317 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11318 const char *addr_string,
11319 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11326 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11328 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11330 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11331 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11332 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11333 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11334 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11335 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11336 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11337 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11338 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11339 enough for now, though. */
11342 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11344 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11345 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11346 b->location = string_to_event_location (&addr_string,
11347 language_def (language_ada));
11348 b->language = language_ada;
11352 catch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11354 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11359 tcatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11361 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11364 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11367 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11369 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) a;
11370 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) b;
11372 if (a->number < b->number)
11374 else if (a->number > b->number)
11377 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11381 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11384 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11387 clear_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11389 struct breakpoint *b;
11392 std::vector<symtab_and_line> decoded_sals;
11393 symtab_and_line last_sal;
11394 gdb::array_view<symtab_and_line> sals;
11398 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11399 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11400 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11402 sals = decoded_sals;
11406 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11407 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11408 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11409 last_sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
11410 if (last_sal.symtab == 0)
11411 error (_("No source file specified."));
11417 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11418 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11419 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11420 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11422 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11423 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11424 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11425 due to optimization, all in one block.
11427 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11428 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11429 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11430 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11431 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11432 to support that. */
11434 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11435 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11436 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11439 std::vector<struct breakpoint *> found;
11440 for (const auto &sal : sals)
11442 const char *sal_fullname;
11444 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11445 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11446 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11449 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11454 1 0 <can't happen> */
11456 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11457 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11459 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11460 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11463 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11464 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11466 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11467 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11469 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11470 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11471 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11473 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11474 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11475 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11476 || loc->section == sal.section));
11477 int line_match = 0;
11479 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11480 && loc->symtab != NULL
11481 && sal_fullname != NULL
11482 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11483 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11484 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11485 sal_fullname) == 0)
11488 if (pc_match || line_match)
11497 found.push_back (b);
11501 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11502 if (found.empty ())
11505 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11507 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11510 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11511 std::sort (found.begin (), found.end (),
11512 [] (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11514 return compare_breakpoints (a, b) < 0;
11516 found.erase (std::unique (found.begin (), found.end (),
11517 [] (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11519 return compare_breakpoints (a, b) == 0;
11523 if (found.size () > 1)
11524 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11527 if (found.size () == 1)
11528 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11530 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11533 for (breakpoint *iter : found)
11536 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter->number);
11537 delete_breakpoint (iter);
11540 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11543 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11544 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11545 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11548 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11550 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11552 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11553 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11554 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11556 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11558 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11560 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11561 delete_breakpoint (b);
11565 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11566 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11567 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11568 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11569 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11570 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11573 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11575 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
11576 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
11578 if (a->address != b->address)
11579 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11581 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11582 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11585 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11586 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11587 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11589 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11590 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
11591 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
11593 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11594 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11595 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11597 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11598 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11599 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11601 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11604 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11605 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11606 content of the bp_locations array. */
11609 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11611 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11613 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11614 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11616 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11618 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11620 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11623 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11624 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11626 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11627 addr = bl->address - start;
11628 if (addr > bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
11629 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11631 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11633 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11634 addr = end - bl->address;
11635 if (addr > bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11636 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11640 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11643 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11645 struct breakpoint *b;
11646 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN;
11648 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
11650 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
11652 struct bp_location *bl;
11653 struct tracepoint *t;
11654 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
11656 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
11657 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11658 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
11661 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN)
11663 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11664 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_TRUE;
11666 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_FALSE;
11669 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_FALSE)
11672 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
11674 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11675 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11676 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11677 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
11680 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
11682 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
11685 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
11687 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11688 t->number_on_target = b->number;
11689 if (bp_location_downloaded)
11690 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
11694 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11697 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
11699 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
11700 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
11701 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
11702 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
11704 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11705 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
11706 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
11707 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
11708 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
11710 left->inserted = right->inserted;
11711 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
11712 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
11713 left->target_info = right->target_info;
11714 right->inserted = left_inserted;
11715 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
11716 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
11717 right->target_info = left_target_info;
11720 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11721 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11722 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11726 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
11728 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
11729 struct bp_location *loc;
11730 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
11733 address = bl->address;
11734 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
11736 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11737 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11738 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11740 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11741 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11744 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11745 the same program space as the location
11746 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11747 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11748 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
11752 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
11753 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
11756 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11757 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11758 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11759 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11760 that have already been marked. */
11761 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
11763 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11765 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
11768 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11769 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11770 locations are duplicate of which.
11772 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11773 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11777 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
11779 struct breakpoint *b;
11780 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
11781 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11782 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
11783 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11784 int last_pspace_num = -1;
11786 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11787 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11788 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11789 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11790 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11792 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
11793 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
11794 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
11795 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
11797 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11798 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11799 struct bp_location **old_locp;
11800 unsigned old_locations_count;
11801 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<struct bp_location *> old_locations (bp_locations);
11803 old_locations_count = bp_locations_count;
11804 bp_locations = NULL;
11805 bp_locations_count = 0;
11807 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11808 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11809 bp_locations_count++;
11811 bp_locations = XNEWVEC (struct bp_location *, bp_locations_count);
11812 locp = bp_locations;
11813 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11814 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11816 qsort (bp_locations, bp_locations_count, sizeof (*bp_locations),
11817 bp_locations_compare);
11819 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11821 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11822 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11823 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11824 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11825 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11828 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11829 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11831 locp = bp_locations;
11832 for (old_locp = old_locations.get ();
11833 old_locp < old_locations.get () + old_locations_count;
11836 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
11837 struct bp_location **loc2p;
11839 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11840 not, we have to free it. */
11841 int found_object = 0;
11842 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11843 int keep_in_target = 0;
11846 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11847 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11848 while (locp < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11849 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
11853 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11854 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11857 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11858 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11859 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11861 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
11862 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
11863 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
11865 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
11866 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
11869 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
11873 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11874 have to go through updates again. */
11875 last_addr = old_loc->address;
11877 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11879 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
11881 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11882 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11883 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11884 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11885 at certain location is not inserted. */
11887 if (old_loc->inserted)
11889 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11892 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
11894 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11895 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11896 keep_in_target = 1;
11900 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11901 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11902 remove its target-side condition. */
11904 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11905 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11906 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11907 this one from the target. */
11909 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11910 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
11913 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11914 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11917 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
11919 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
11921 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11922 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11923 supported, but the latter are. */
11924 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
11926 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
11927 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
11930 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11931 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11933 if (loc2 != old_loc
11934 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
11936 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
11937 keep_in_target = 1;
11945 if (!keep_in_target)
11947 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc))
11949 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11950 this location on the global list, and try to
11951 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11952 reason why we will succeed next time.
11954 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11955 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11956 only after calling us. */
11957 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11958 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11959 old_loc->owner->number);
11967 if (removed && target_is_non_stop_p ()
11968 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc))
11970 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11971 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11972 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11973 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11974 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11975 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11976 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11977 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11978 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11979 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11980 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11981 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11982 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11983 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11986 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11987 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11989 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11990 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11991 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11992 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11993 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11994 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11995 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11996 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11997 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11998 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11999 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12000 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12001 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12004 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12005 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12006 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12007 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12009 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12010 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12011 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12012 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12013 traps we can no longer explain. */
12015 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12016 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12018 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12022 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12023 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12028 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12029 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12030 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12031 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12032 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12033 are sorted first for the same address.
12035 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12036 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12038 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12039 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12040 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12041 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12042 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12044 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12046 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12049 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12050 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12051 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12052 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12053 `struct bp_location'. */
12054 || is_tracepoint (b))
12056 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12057 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12061 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12062 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12063 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12064 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12065 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12066 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12068 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12070 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12071 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12072 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12074 *loc_first_p = loc;
12075 loc->duplicate = 0;
12077 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12079 loc->needs_update = 1;
12080 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12081 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12087 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12088 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12089 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12091 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12092 loc->duplicate = 1;
12094 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12095 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12098 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12100 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12101 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12104 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12105 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12106 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12107 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12108 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12110 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12114 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12115 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12119 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12121 struct bp_location *loc;
12124 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12125 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12127 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12128 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12134 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12139 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12141 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12147 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12150 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12154 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12155 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12157 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12158 bs->old_val = NULL;
12159 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12163 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12165 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12167 struct breakpoint *bpt = (struct breakpoint *) data;
12169 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12173 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12177 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12179 struct value_print_options opts;
12181 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12183 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12185 if (b->loc == NULL)
12187 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12188 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12189 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12190 if (b->extra_string == NULL)
12192 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12193 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12195 else if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
12197 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12198 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12203 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12204 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12210 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12212 printf_filtered (" at ");
12213 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12216 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12218 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12220 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12221 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12222 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12223 b->loc->line_number);
12225 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12226 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12227 real situation somewhat. */
12228 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12229 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12234 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12236 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12238 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12243 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12246 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12248 xfree (self->function_name);
12251 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12256 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12258 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12260 xfree (this->cond_string);
12261 xfree (this->extra_string);
12262 xfree (this->filter);
12265 static struct bp_location *
12266 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12268 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops, self);
12272 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12274 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12277 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12278 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12281 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12283 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12287 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12288 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12290 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12294 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12295 const address_space *aspace,
12297 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12299 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12303 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12308 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12312 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12314 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12317 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12321 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12323 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12326 static enum print_stop_action
12327 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12329 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12333 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12334 struct ui_out *uiout)
12340 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12342 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12346 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12348 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12352 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12353 (const struct event_location *location,
12354 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12355 enum bptype type_wanted)
12357 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12361 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12362 struct linespec_result *c,
12363 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12364 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12365 enum bptype type_wanted,
12366 enum bpdisp disposition,
12368 int task, int ignore_count,
12369 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12370 int from_tty, int enabled,
12371 int internal, unsigned flags)
12373 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12376 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12377 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12378 const struct event_location *location,
12379 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12381 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12384 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12387 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12392 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12395 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12397 /* Nothing to do. */
12400 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12402 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12403 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12404 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12405 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12406 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12407 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12408 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12409 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12410 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12412 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12413 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12414 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12415 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location,
12416 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12417 base_breakpoint_decode_location,
12418 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12419 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12422 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12425 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12427 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12428 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
12430 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12431 delete_breakpoint (b);
12435 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12439 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12441 CORE_ADDR addr = bl->target_info.reqstd_address;
12443 bl->target_info.kind = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
12444 bl->target_info.placed_address = addr;
12446 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12447 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12449 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12453 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12455 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12456 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12458 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info, reason);
12462 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12463 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12464 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12466 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12467 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12470 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12474 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12475 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12476 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12483 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12484 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12485 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12487 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
12488 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12490 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12491 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12492 be set at the same address. */
12496 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
12500 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12502 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12507 static enum print_stop_action
12508 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12510 struct breakpoint *b;
12511 const struct bp_location *bl;
12513 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12515 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12517 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12518 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12520 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12521 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12522 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12525 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12526 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
12529 uiout->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12531 uiout->text ("Breakpoint ");
12532 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12534 uiout->field_string ("reason",
12535 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12536 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12538 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
12539 uiout->text (", ");
12541 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12545 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12547 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12552 case bp_breakpoint:
12553 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12554 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12555 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12557 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12558 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12559 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12560 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12562 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12563 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12566 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12574 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12576 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12577 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12578 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12579 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12580 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12581 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12582 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12583 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12584 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12586 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12587 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12589 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12590 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()));
12592 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12593 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12594 if (tp->loc == NULL && tp->extra_string != NULL)
12595 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->extra_string);
12597 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12601 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12602 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12603 enum bptype type_wanted)
12605 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12609 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12610 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12611 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12612 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12613 enum bptype type_wanted,
12614 enum bpdisp disposition,
12616 int task, int ignore_count,
12617 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12618 int from_tty, int enabled,
12619 int internal, unsigned flags)
12621 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12622 std::move (cond_string),
12623 std::move (extra_string),
12625 disposition, thread, task,
12626 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12627 enabled, internal, flags);
12630 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12631 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12632 const struct event_location *location,
12633 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12635 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
12638 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12641 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12645 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12646 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12647 case bp_overlay_event:
12648 case bp_longjmp_master:
12649 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12650 case bp_exception_master:
12651 delete_breakpoint (b);
12654 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12655 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12656 case bp_shlib_event:
12658 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12659 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12660 case bp_thread_event:
12666 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12668 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
12670 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12671 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12672 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12673 objects (among other things). */
12674 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
12675 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
12681 static enum print_stop_action
12682 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12684 struct breakpoint *b;
12686 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12690 case bp_shlib_event:
12691 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12692 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12693 to shlib event" message.) */
12694 print_solib_event (0);
12697 case bp_thread_event:
12698 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12699 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12700 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12703 case bp_overlay_event:
12704 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12705 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12708 case bp_longjmp_master:
12709 /* These should never be enabled. */
12710 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12713 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12714 /* These should never be enabled. */
12715 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12716 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12719 case bp_exception_master:
12720 /* These should never be enabled. */
12721 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12722 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12726 return PRINT_NOTHING;
12730 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12732 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12735 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12738 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12740 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12741 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12742 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12743 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12747 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12749 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12752 static enum print_stop_action
12753 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12755 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
12759 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12761 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12764 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12766 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12767 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12769 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12771 thread_info *tp = find_thread_global_id (this->thread);
12774 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
12777 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12780 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12782 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
12786 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12788 bl->probe.prob->set_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12795 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12796 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12798 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12799 bl->probe.prob->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12801 return bkpt_remove_location (bl, reason);
12805 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12806 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12807 enum bptype type_wanted)
12809 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12811 lsal.sals = parse_probes (location, NULL, canonical);
12813 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
12814 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
12817 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12818 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12819 const struct event_location *location,
12820 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12822 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = parse_probes (location, search_pspace, NULL);
12824 error (_("probe not found"));
12828 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12831 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12833 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12837 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12838 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12839 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12841 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12847 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12848 struct ui_out *uiout)
12850 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12851 if (!tp->static_trace_marker_id.empty ())
12853 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
12855 uiout->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12856 uiout->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12857 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12858 uiout->text ("\n");
12863 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12865 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12870 case bp_tracepoint:
12871 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12872 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12874 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
12875 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12876 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12878 case bp_static_tracepoint:
12879 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12880 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12883 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12884 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
12891 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
12893 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12895 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12896 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12897 else if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12898 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12899 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
12900 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12902 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12903 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
12905 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12906 event_location_to_string (self->location.get ()));
12907 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
12909 if (tp->pass_count)
12910 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12914 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12915 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12916 enum bptype type_wanted)
12918 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12922 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12923 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12924 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12925 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12926 enum bptype type_wanted,
12927 enum bpdisp disposition,
12929 int task, int ignore_count,
12930 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12931 int from_tty, int enabled,
12932 int internal, unsigned flags)
12934 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12935 std::move (cond_string),
12936 std::move (extra_string),
12938 disposition, thread, task,
12939 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12940 enabled, internal, flags);
12943 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12944 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12945 const struct event_location *location,
12946 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12948 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
12951 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
12953 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12957 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12958 (const struct event_location *location,
12959 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12960 enum bptype type_wanted)
12962 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12963 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12966 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12967 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12968 const struct event_location *location,
12969 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12971 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12972 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
12975 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
12977 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12980 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12982 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12984 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12985 gdb_assert (b->extra_string != NULL);
12987 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12988 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12989 3 - disconnect from target 1
12990 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12992 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12993 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12994 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12995 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12996 it all the time. */
12997 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
12998 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13001 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13004 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13006 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s,%s",
13007 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()),
13009 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13012 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13015 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13016 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13017 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13018 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13019 address are all handled. */
13022 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13024 struct bpstats tmp_bs;
13025 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13027 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13028 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13029 condition not be evaluated. */
13032 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13033 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13034 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13035 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13036 commands here throws. */
13037 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13038 bs->commands = NULL;
13040 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13042 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13043 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13047 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13051 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13052 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13053 enum bptype type_wanted)
13055 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13056 const char *arg_start, *arg;
13058 arg = arg_start = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
13059 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
13061 std::string str (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
13062 const char *ptr = str.c_str ();
13063 canonical->location
13064 = new_linespec_location (&ptr, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
13067 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
13068 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
13072 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13073 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13074 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
13075 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
13076 enum bptype type_wanted,
13077 enum bpdisp disposition,
13079 int task, int ignore_count,
13080 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13081 int from_tty, int enabled,
13082 int internal, unsigned flags)
13084 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical->lsals[0];
13086 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13087 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13088 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13089 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13090 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13091 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13093 for (size_t i = 0; i < lsal.sals.size (); i++)
13095 event_location_up location
13096 = copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ());
13098 std::unique_ptr<tracepoint> tp (new tracepoint ());
13099 init_breakpoint_sal (tp.get (), gdbarch, lsal.sals[i],
13100 std::move (location), NULL,
13101 std::move (cond_string),
13102 std::move (extra_string),
13103 type_wanted, disposition,
13104 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13105 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13106 canonical->special_display);
13107 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13108 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13109 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13110 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13111 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13112 corresponds to this one */
13113 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13115 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (tp), 0);
13119 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13120 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13121 const struct event_location *location,
13122 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13124 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13125 const char *s = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
13127 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
13128 if (sals.size () > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13130 sals[0] = sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13135 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13138 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13141 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13143 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13146 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13150 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13152 struct breakpoint *b;
13154 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13156 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13157 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13160 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13161 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13162 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13163 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13164 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13167 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13168 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13169 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13170 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13172 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13175 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13176 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13177 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13179 struct breakpoint *related;
13180 struct watchpoint *w;
13182 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13183 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13184 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13185 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13189 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13191 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13192 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13193 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13194 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13195 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13198 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13199 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13200 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13201 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13203 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted.notify (bpt);
13205 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13206 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13208 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13209 if (b->next == bpt)
13211 b->next = bpt->next;
13215 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13217 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13218 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13219 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13220 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13221 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13222 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13223 commands won't work. */
13225 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13227 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13228 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13229 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13230 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13231 might be better design to have location completely
13232 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13233 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
13235 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13236 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13237 bpt->type = bp_none;
13241 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13242 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13245 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13246 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
13248 struct breakpoint *related;
13253 struct breakpoint *next;
13255 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13256 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13258 if (next == related)
13260 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13261 function (related);
13263 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13264 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13269 function (related);
13273 while (related != b);
13277 delete_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
13279 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13285 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13287 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13288 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13289 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13290 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13291 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13293 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13297 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13299 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13301 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13302 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13303 delete_breakpoint (b);
13307 map_breakpoint_numbers
13308 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
13310 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, delete_breakpoint);
13314 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13315 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13319 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13321 struct bp_location *loc;
13323 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13324 if ((pspace == NULL
13325 || loc->pspace == pspace)
13326 && !loc->shlib_disabled
13327 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13332 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13333 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13334 Null names are ignored. */
13337 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13339 struct bp_location *l;
13340 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string, streq_hash, NULL,
13343 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13346 const char *name = l->function_name;
13348 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13352 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13354 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13358 htab_delete (htab);
13364 htab_delete (htab);
13368 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13369 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13370 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13371 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13372 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13373 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13374 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13375 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13378 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13379 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13380 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13381 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13382 in the sources, and output a warning.
13384 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13385 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13386 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13387 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13388 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13391 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13392 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13393 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13394 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13395 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13396 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13397 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13398 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13399 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13401 static struct symtab_and_line
13402 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13404 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13405 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13410 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13412 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13414 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id != marker.str_id)
13415 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13416 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str (),
13417 marker.str_id.c_str ());
13419 tp->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (marker.str_id);
13424 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13426 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13428 && sal.symtab != NULL
13429 && !tp->static_trace_marker_id.empty ())
13431 std::vector<static_tracepoint_marker> markers
13432 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13433 (tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13435 if (!markers.empty ())
13437 struct symbol *sym;
13438 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13439 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13440 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
13442 tpmarker = &markers[0];
13444 tp->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (tpmarker->str_id);
13446 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13447 "found at previous line number"),
13448 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13450 symtab_and_line sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13451 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13452 uiout->text ("Now in ");
13455 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13456 uiout->text (" at ");
13458 uiout->field_string ("file",
13459 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13462 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
13464 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13466 uiout->field_string ("fullname", fullname);
13469 uiout->field_int ("line", sal2.line);
13470 uiout->text ("\n");
13472 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13473 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13475 b->location.reset (NULL);
13476 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13477 explicit_loc.source_filename
13478 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13479 explicit_loc.line_offset.offset = b->loc->line_number;
13480 explicit_loc.line_offset.sign = LINE_OFFSET_NONE;
13481 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13483 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13490 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13491 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13494 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13498 if (a->address != b->address)
13501 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13504 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13511 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13517 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13518 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13519 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13521 static struct bp_location *
13522 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13524 struct bp_location head;
13525 struct bp_location *i = b->loc;
13526 struct bp_location **i_link = &b->loc;
13527 struct bp_location *hoisted = &head;
13529 if (pspace == NULL)
13540 if (i->pspace == pspace)
13555 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13556 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13557 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13558 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13562 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13563 struct program_space *filter_pspace,
13564 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
13565 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals_end)
13567 struct bp_location *existing_locations;
13569 if (!sals_end.empty () && (sals.size () != 1 || sals_end.size () != 1))
13571 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13573 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13574 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13575 "multiple locations found\n"),
13580 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13581 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13582 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13583 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13584 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13585 individual locations. */
13586 if (all_locations_are_pending (b, filter_pspace) && sals.empty ())
13589 existing_locations = hoist_existing_locations (b, filter_pspace);
13591 for (const auto &sal : sals)
13593 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13595 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
13597 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
13599 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13601 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13605 s = b->cond_string;
13608 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sal.pc,
13609 block_for_pc (sal.pc),
13612 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13614 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13615 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13616 b->number, e.message);
13617 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13622 if (!sals_end.empty ())
13624 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end[0]);
13626 new_loc->length = end - sals[0].pc + 1;
13630 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13633 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13634 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13635 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13636 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13637 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13638 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13639 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13641 for (; e; e = e->next)
13643 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13645 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13646 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13648 for (; l; l = l->next)
13649 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13657 for (; l; l = l->next)
13658 if (l->function_name
13659 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13669 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13670 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
13673 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13674 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13676 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13677 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, struct event_location *location,
13678 struct program_space *search_pspace, int *found)
13680 struct gdb_exception exception = exception_none;
13682 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
13684 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
13688 sals = b->ops->decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
13690 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13692 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
13696 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13697 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13698 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13699 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13700 state, then user already saw the message about that
13701 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13703 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13704 && (b->condition_not_parsed
13706 && search_pspace != NULL
13707 && b->loc->pspace != search_pspace)
13708 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
13709 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13710 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
13711 not_found_and_ok = 1;
13713 if (!not_found_and_ok)
13715 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13716 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13717 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13718 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13719 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13720 which approach is better. */
13721 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13722 throw_exception (e);
13727 if (exception.reason == 0 || exception.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
13729 for (auto &sal : sals)
13730 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
13731 if (b->condition_not_parsed && b->extra_string != NULL)
13733 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
13736 find_condition_and_thread (b->extra_string, sals[0].pc,
13737 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
13739 gdb_assert (b->cond_string == NULL);
13741 b->cond_string = cond_string;
13742 b->thread = thread;
13746 xfree (b->extra_string);
13747 b->extra_string = extra_string;
13749 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
13752 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
13753 sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals[0]);
13763 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13764 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13768 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
13770 struct program_space *filter_pspace = current_program_space;
13771 std::vector<symtab_and_line> expanded, expanded_end;
13774 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = location_to_sals (b, b->location.get (),
13775 filter_pspace, &found);
13777 expanded = std::move (sals);
13779 if (b->location_range_end != NULL)
13781 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals_end
13782 = location_to_sals (b, b->location_range_end.get (),
13783 filter_pspace, &found);
13785 expanded_end = std::move (sals_end);
13788 update_breakpoint_locations (b, filter_pspace, expanded, expanded_end);
13791 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13792 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13795 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
13796 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13797 enum bptype type_wanted)
13799 parse_breakpoint_sals (location, canonical);
13802 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13803 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13807 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13808 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13809 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
13810 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
13811 enum bptype type_wanted,
13812 enum bpdisp disposition,
13814 int task, int ignore_count,
13815 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13816 int from_tty, int enabled,
13817 int internal, unsigned flags)
13819 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical,
13820 std::move (cond_string),
13821 std::move (extra_string),
13822 type_wanted, disposition,
13823 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13824 enabled, internal, flags);
13827 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13828 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13830 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13831 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
13832 const struct event_location *location,
13833 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13835 struct linespec_result canonical;
13837 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, search_pspace,
13838 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
13839 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
13842 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13843 gdb_assert (canonical.lsals.size () < 2);
13845 if (!canonical.lsals.empty ())
13847 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
13848 return std::move (lsal.sals);
13853 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13856 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint *b)
13858 input_radix = b->input_radix;
13859 set_language (b->language);
13861 b->ops->re_set (b);
13864 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13865 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13868 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13870 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13873 scoped_restore_current_language save_language;
13874 scoped_restore save_input_radix = make_scoped_restore (&input_radix);
13875 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
13877 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13878 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13879 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13880 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13881 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13882 we select the current frame.
13884 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13885 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13886 have been reset. */
13887 scoped_restore save_language_mode = make_scoped_restore (&language_mode);
13888 language_mode = language_mode_manual;
13890 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13891 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13892 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13893 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13895 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13899 breakpoint_re_set_one (b);
13901 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13903 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
13904 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13910 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13913 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13914 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13915 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13916 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13918 /* Now we can insert. */
13919 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
13922 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13924 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13925 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13927 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
13929 if (b->thread != -1)
13931 b->thread = inferior_thread ()->global_num;
13933 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13934 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13935 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13937 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
13941 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13942 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13943 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13946 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
13948 struct breakpoint *b;
13953 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13954 if (b->number == bptnum)
13956 if (is_tracepoint (b))
13958 if (from_tty && count != 0)
13959 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13964 b->ignore_count = count;
13968 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13969 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13971 else if (count == 1)
13972 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13975 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13976 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13979 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
13983 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
13986 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13989 ignore_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
13991 const char *p = args;
13995 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13997 num = get_number (&p);
13999 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14001 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14003 set_ignore_count (num,
14004 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14007 printf_filtered ("\n");
14011 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
14012 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
14015 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range,
14016 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
14018 if (bp_num_range.first == 0)
14020 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
14021 bp_num_range.first);
14025 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14027 for (int i = bp_num_range.first; i <= bp_num_range.second; i++)
14029 bool match = false;
14031 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14032 if (b->number == i)
14039 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i);
14044 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
14048 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args,
14049 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
14051 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14052 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14054 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
14056 while (!parser.finished ())
14058 int num = parser.get_number ();
14059 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num, num), function);
14063 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
14064 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14066 static struct bp_location *
14067 find_location_by_number (int bp_num, int loc_num)
14069 struct breakpoint *b;
14071 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14072 if (b->number == bp_num)
14077 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14078 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num);
14081 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
14084 for (bp_location *loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14085 if (++n == loc_num)
14088 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
14091 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14092 enum class extract_bp_kind
14094 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14097 /* Extracting a location number. */
14101 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14102 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14103 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14104 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14105 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14108 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind, const char *start,
14109 int trailer, const char **end_out = NULL)
14111 const char *end = start;
14112 int num = get_number_trailer (&end, trailer);
14114 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14115 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14116 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14117 int (end - start), start);
14119 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14120 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14121 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14122 int (end - start), start);
14124 if (end_out != NULL)
14129 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14130 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14131 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14132 are always positive integers. */
14134 static std::pair<int, int>
14135 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind,
14136 const std::string &arg,
14137 std::string::size_type arg_offset)
14139 std::pair<int, int> range;
14140 const char *bp_loc = &arg[arg_offset];
14141 std::string::size_type dash = arg.find ('-', arg_offset);
14142 if (dash != std::string::npos)
14144 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14145 if (arg.length () == dash + 1)
14146 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14147 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14148 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14152 const char *start_first = bp_loc;
14153 const char *start_second = &arg[dash + 1];
14154 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, start_first, '-');
14155 range.second = extract_bp_num (kind, start_second, '\0', &end);
14157 if (range.first > range.second)
14158 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14159 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14160 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14161 int (end - start_first), start_first);
14165 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14166 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, bp_loc, '\0');
14167 range.second = range.first;
14172 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14173 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14176 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14178 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14179 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14180 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14181 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14182 location number range.
14186 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string &arg,
14187 std::pair<int, int> &bp_num_range,
14188 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range)
14190 std::string::size_type dot = arg.find ('.');
14192 if (dot != std::string::npos)
14194 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14196 if (arg.length () == dot + 1 || dot == 0)
14197 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg.c_str ());
14200 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg.c_str (), '.');
14201 bp_num_range.second = bp_num_range.first;
14203 bp_loc_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc,
14208 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14210 bp_num_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg, 0);
14211 bp_loc_range.first = 0;
14212 bp_loc_range.second = 0;
14216 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14217 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14220 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num, int loc_num, bool enable)
14222 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (bp_num, loc_num);
14225 if (loc->enabled != enable)
14227 loc->enabled = enable;
14228 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14230 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14231 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14232 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14233 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14235 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14238 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14239 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14240 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14241 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14245 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num,
14246 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range,
14249 for (int i = bp_loc_range.first; i <= bp_loc_range.second; i++)
14250 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num, i, enable);
14253 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14254 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14255 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14258 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14260 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14261 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14262 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14263 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14266 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14268 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14269 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14271 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14272 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14274 struct bp_location *location;
14276 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14277 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14280 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14282 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bpt);
14285 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14286 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14287 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14288 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14291 enable_disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty, bool enable)
14295 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14297 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14298 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14301 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14303 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14308 std::string num = extract_arg (&args);
14310 while (!num.empty ())
14312 std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range, bp_loc_range;
14314 extract_bp_number_and_location (num, bp_num_range, bp_loc_range);
14316 if (bp_loc_range.first == bp_loc_range.second
14317 && bp_loc_range.first == 0)
14319 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14320 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range,
14322 ? enable_breakpoint
14323 : disable_breakpoint);
14327 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14329 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14330 (bp_num_range.first, bp_loc_range, enable);
14332 num = extract_arg (&args);
14337 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14338 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14339 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14340 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14343 disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14345 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, false);
14349 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14352 int target_resources_ok;
14354 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14357 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14358 target_resources_ok =
14359 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14361 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14362 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14363 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14364 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14367 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14369 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14370 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = bp_disabled;
14374 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14376 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14377 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14378 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14380 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14382 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14383 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14390 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14392 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14393 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14395 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14396 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14398 struct bp_location *location;
14400 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14401 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14404 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14405 bpt->enable_count = count;
14406 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14408 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bpt);
14413 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14415 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14418 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14419 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14420 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14421 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14424 enable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14426 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, true);
14430 enable_once_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14432 map_breakpoint_numbers
14433 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14435 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14436 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14438 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, 1);
14444 enable_count_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14449 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14451 count = get_number (&args);
14453 map_breakpoint_numbers
14454 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14456 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14457 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14459 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, count);
14465 enable_delete_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14467 map_breakpoint_numbers
14468 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14470 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14471 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14473 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_del, 1);
14479 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14484 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14488 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14489 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14493 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14494 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14495 const bfd_byte *data)
14497 struct breakpoint *bp;
14499 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14500 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14501 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14503 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14505 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val != nullptr)
14507 struct bp_location *loc;
14509 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14510 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14511 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14512 && addr + len > loc->address)
14521 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14524 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14525 const address_space *aspace,
14528 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
14529 struct symtab_and_line sal;
14530 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
14532 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
14534 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
14535 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->global_num, gdbarch);
14538 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
14540 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
14541 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
14542 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
14544 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
14547 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14550 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
14552 struct regcache *regcache = get_current_regcache ();
14553 std::vector<CORE_ADDR> next_pcs;
14555 next_pcs = gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch, regcache);
14557 if (!next_pcs.empty ())
14559 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
14560 const address_space *aspace = get_frame_address_space (frame);
14562 for (CORE_ADDR pc : next_pcs)
14563 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, pc);
14571 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14574 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
14575 const address_space *aspace,
14578 struct bp_location *loc;
14580 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14582 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
14588 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14592 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
14595 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14597 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14599 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
14600 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
14606 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14608 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14610 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14612 tracepoint_count = num;
14613 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14617 trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14619 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14621 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14623 if (location != NULL
14624 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
14625 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14627 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14629 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14631 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14633 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14634 0 /* Ignore count */,
14635 pending_break_support,
14639 0 /* internal */, 0);
14643 ftrace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14645 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14647 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14649 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14651 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14652 0 /* Ignore count */,
14653 pending_break_support,
14654 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14657 0 /* internal */, 0);
14660 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14663 strace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14665 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14666 event_location_up location;
14668 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14669 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14670 if (arg && startswith (arg, "-m") && isspace (arg[2]))
14672 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14673 location = new_linespec_location (&arg, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
14677 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14678 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
14681 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14683 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14685 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14686 0 /* Ignore count */,
14687 pending_break_support,
14691 0 /* internal */, 0);
14694 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14695 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14697 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
14698 static int next_cmd;
14701 read_uploaded_action (void)
14703 char *rslt = nullptr;
14705 if (next_cmd < this_utp->cmd_strings.size ())
14707 rslt = this_utp->cmd_strings[next_cmd];
14714 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14715 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14716 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14717 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14718 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14720 struct tracepoint *
14721 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
14723 const char *addr_str;
14724 char small_buf[100];
14725 struct tracepoint *tp;
14727 if (utp->at_string)
14728 addr_str = utp->at_string;
14731 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14732 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14733 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14735 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14736 "source location, using raw address"),
14738 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
14739 addr_str = small_buf;
14742 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14743 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
14744 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14745 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14748 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&addr_str,
14750 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14752 utp->cond_string, -1, addr_str,
14753 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14755 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
14756 0 /* Ignore count */,
14757 pending_break_support,
14758 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14760 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
14762 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
14765 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14766 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
14767 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
14771 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
14774 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
14777 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14778 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14779 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14781 if (!utp->cmd_strings.empty ())
14783 counted_command_line cmd_list;
14788 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL);
14790 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, std::move (cmd_list));
14792 else if (!utp->actions.empty ()
14793 || !utp->step_actions.empty ())
14794 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14795 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14798 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14799 tp->hit_count = utp->hit_count;
14800 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
14805 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14809 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14811 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14814 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
14816 if (num_printed == 0)
14818 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14819 uiout->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14821 uiout->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
14824 default_collect_info ();
14827 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14828 Not supported by all targets. */
14830 enable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14832 enable_command (args, from_tty);
14835 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14836 Not supported by all targets. */
14838 disable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14840 disable_command (args, from_tty);
14843 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14845 delete_trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14847 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14853 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14855 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14856 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14857 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14859 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14860 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14862 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14866 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14868 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14870 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14871 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14872 delete_breakpoint (b);
14876 map_breakpoint_numbers
14877 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14879 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, delete_breakpoint);
14883 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14886 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
14888 tp->pass_count = count;
14889 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (tp);
14891 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14892 tp->number, count);
14895 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14897 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14898 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14899 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14902 trace_pass_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14904 struct tracepoint *t1;
14907 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
14908 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14909 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14911 count = strtoulst (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14913 args = skip_spaces (args);
14914 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
14916 struct breakpoint *b;
14918 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14920 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14922 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14924 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14925 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14928 else if (*args == '\0')
14930 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
14932 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14936 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
14937 while (!parser.finished ())
14939 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &parser);
14941 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14946 struct tracepoint *
14947 get_tracepoint (int num)
14949 struct breakpoint *t;
14951 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14952 if (t->number == num)
14953 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14958 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14959 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14962 struct tracepoint *
14963 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
14965 struct breakpoint *b;
14967 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14969 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14971 if (t->number_on_target == num)
14978 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14979 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14980 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14981 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14983 struct tracepoint *
14984 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg,
14985 number_or_range_parser *parser)
14987 struct breakpoint *t;
14989 const char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
14991 if (parser != NULL)
14993 gdb_assert (!parser->finished ());
14994 tpnum = parser->get_number ();
14996 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
14997 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
14999 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15003 if (instring && *instring)
15004 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15007 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15011 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15012 if (t->number == tpnum)
15014 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15017 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15022 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15024 if (b->thread != -1)
15025 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15028 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15030 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15033 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15034 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15035 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15039 save_breakpoints (const char *filename, int from_tty,
15040 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15042 struct breakpoint *tp;
15044 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15046 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15047 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15049 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15050 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15052 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15053 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15056 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15057 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15062 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15064 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15066 /* We can stop searching. */
15073 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15077 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename));
15081 if (!fp.open (expanded_filename.get (), "w"))
15082 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15083 expanded_filename.get (), safe_strerror (errno));
15085 if (extra_trace_bits)
15086 save_trace_state_variables (&fp);
15088 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15090 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15091 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15094 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15095 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15098 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, &fp);
15100 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15101 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15104 if (tp->cond_string)
15105 fp.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15107 if (tp->ignore_count)
15108 fp.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15110 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15112 fp.puts (" commands\n");
15114 current_uiout->redirect (&fp);
15117 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands.get (), 2);
15119 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15121 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
15122 throw_exception (ex);
15126 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
15127 fp.puts (" end\n");
15130 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15131 fp.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15133 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15134 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15135 special, and not user visible. */
15136 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15138 struct bp_location *loc;
15141 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15143 fp.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15147 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15148 fp.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15151 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename.get ());
15154 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15157 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15159 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15162 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15165 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15167 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15170 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15172 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15173 all_tracepoints (void)
15175 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15176 struct breakpoint *tp;
15178 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15180 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15187 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15188 locations used by several commands. */
15190 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15191 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15192 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15193 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15194 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15195 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15197 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15198 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15199 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15201 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15202 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15203 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15204 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15205 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15207 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15208 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15209 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15210 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15211 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15212 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead.\n"
15214 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15215 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15216 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15219 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15220 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15221 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15222 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15223 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15224 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15225 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15228 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15229 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15231 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15232 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15233 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15234 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15235 conditions are different.\n\
15237 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15239 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15240 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15242 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15243 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15246 add_catch_command (const char *name, const char *docstring,
15247 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15248 completer_ftype *completer,
15249 void *user_data_catch,
15250 void *user_data_tcatch)
15252 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15254 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15256 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15257 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15258 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15260 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15262 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15263 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15264 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15268 save_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
15270 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15271 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15272 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
15275 struct breakpoint *
15276 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15279 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15281 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15283 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15290 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15291 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15294 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15296 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15297 non-inline function. */
15298 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15304 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15305 have been inlined. */
15308 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15309 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15311 struct breakpoint *b;
15312 struct bp_location *bl;
15314 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15316 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15319 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15321 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15322 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15330 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15333 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15335 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15337 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15338 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
15339 loc->symtab = NULL;
15343 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15345 static int initialized = 0;
15347 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15353 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15354 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15355 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15356 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15357 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15358 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15359 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15360 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15361 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15362 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_create_sals_from_location;
15363 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15364 ops->decode_location = bkpt_decode_location;
15366 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15367 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15368 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15369 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15370 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15371 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15372 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15373 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15375 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15376 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15377 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15378 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15379 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15380 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15381 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15382 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15383 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15384 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15386 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15387 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15388 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15389 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15390 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15391 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15392 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15394 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15395 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15396 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15397 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15398 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15399 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15400 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15402 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15403 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15404 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15405 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15406 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15407 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15408 ops->decode_location = bkpt_probe_decode_location;
15411 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15412 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15413 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15414 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15415 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15416 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15417 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15418 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15419 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15420 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15421 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15422 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15423 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15425 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15426 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15427 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15428 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15429 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15430 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15431 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15432 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15433 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15434 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15435 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15438 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15439 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15440 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15441 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15442 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15443 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15444 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15445 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_create_sals_from_location;
15446 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15447 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_decode_location;
15449 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15450 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15451 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15452 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15453 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_probe_decode_location;
15455 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15456 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15457 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15458 ops->create_sals_from_location = strace_marker_create_sals_from_location;
15459 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15460 ops->decode_location = strace_marker_decode_location;
15462 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15463 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15464 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15465 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15466 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15467 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15468 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15469 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15470 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15471 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15473 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15474 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15475 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15476 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15477 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15478 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15479 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15480 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15481 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15482 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15484 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15485 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15486 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15487 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15488 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15489 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15490 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15491 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15492 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15493 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15495 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15496 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15497 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15498 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15499 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15500 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15501 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15502 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15503 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15504 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15505 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15507 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15508 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15509 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
15510 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15511 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15512 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15513 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
15514 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
15515 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
15518 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15520 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15523 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15525 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15527 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15529 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15530 gdb::observers::free_objfile.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
15531 gdb::observers::memory_changed.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15533 breakpoint_objfile_key
15534 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_objfile_data);
15536 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15537 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15538 before a breakpoint is set. */
15539 breakpoint_count = 0;
15541 tracepoint_count = 0;
15543 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15544 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15545 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15547 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15548 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15549 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15550 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15552 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15553 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15554 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15555 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15556 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15558 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15559 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15560 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15561 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15562 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15564 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15565 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15566 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15567 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15568 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15570 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15571 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15573 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15574 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15575 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15576 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15578 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15579 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15581 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15582 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15583 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15584 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15586 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15587 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15589 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15590 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15591 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15592 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15593 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15594 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15595 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15597 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15599 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15600 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15601 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15602 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15603 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15604 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15606 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15607 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15608 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15611 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15612 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15613 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15616 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15617 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15618 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15619 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15622 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15623 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15624 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15627 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15628 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15629 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15632 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15633 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15634 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15635 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15638 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15639 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15640 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15641 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15642 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15643 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15644 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15645 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15647 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
15648 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15649 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15650 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15651 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15652 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15655 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15656 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15657 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15658 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15660 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15661 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15662 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
15663 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15664 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15666 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
15667 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15668 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15669 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15670 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15673 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
15674 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15675 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15677 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15678 is executing in.\n"
15679 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15680 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15681 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
15683 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
15684 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15685 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15686 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15688 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
15689 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
15690 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
15691 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
15695 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
15696 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15697 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
15698 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
15699 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
15700 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
15701 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
15702 add_com ("status", class_info, info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15703 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15704 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15705 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15706 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15707 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15708 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15709 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15710 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15712 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15713 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15714 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15715 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15716 breakpoint set."));
15719 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15720 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15721 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15722 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15723 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15724 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15725 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15726 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15727 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15729 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15730 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15731 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15732 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15733 breakpoint set."));
15735 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15737 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
15738 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15739 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15740 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15741 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15742 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15743 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15744 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15745 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15746 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15747 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15748 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15749 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15751 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15752 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15753 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15754 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15756 &maintenanceinfolist);
15758 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
15759 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15760 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
15761 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15763 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
15764 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15765 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
15766 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15768 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15769 catch_fork_command_1,
15771 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
15772 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
15773 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15774 catch_fork_command_1,
15776 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
15777 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
15778 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15779 catch_exec_command_1,
15783 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15784 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15785 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15786 catch_load_command_1,
15790 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15791 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15792 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15793 catch_unload_command_1,
15798 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
15799 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15800 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15801 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15802 an expression changes.\n\
15803 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15804 the memory to which it refers."));
15805 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15807 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
15808 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15809 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15810 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15811 an expression is read.\n\
15812 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15813 the memory to which it refers."));
15814 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15816 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
15817 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15818 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15819 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15820 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15821 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15822 the memory to which it refers."));
15823 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15825 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command, _("\
15826 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15828 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15829 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15830 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
15831 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
15832 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15833 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15834 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15835 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15836 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15839 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
15840 &setlist, &showlist);
15842 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
15844 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15846 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
15847 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15849 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15850 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15851 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15853 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
15854 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15855 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15856 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15858 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
15859 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15861 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15862 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15863 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15865 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
15866 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15868 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15869 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15870 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15871 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15872 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15873 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15874 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15875 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15876 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15878 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15879 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15880 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15881 conditions are different.\n\
15883 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15884 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15885 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15887 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command, _("\
15888 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15889 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15890 last tracepoint set."));
15892 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15894 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
15895 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15896 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15897 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15899 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
15901 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
15902 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15903 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15904 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15906 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
15908 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
15909 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15910 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15911 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15913 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
15915 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
15916 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15917 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15918 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15919 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15921 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
15922 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15923 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
15924 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15926 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
15927 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15928 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15929 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15930 session to restore them."),
15932 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15934 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
15935 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15936 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15938 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15940 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
15941 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
15943 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15944 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15945 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15946 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15947 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
15948 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
15949 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15950 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15951 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15952 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15953 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
15954 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
15956 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
15957 &pending_break_support, _("\
15958 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15959 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15960 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15961 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15962 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15963 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15965 show_pending_break_support,
15966 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15967 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15969 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
15971 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
15972 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
15973 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15974 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15975 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15976 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15977 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15979 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
15980 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15981 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15983 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
15984 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
15985 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15986 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15987 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15988 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15989 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15990 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15991 when execution stops."),
15993 &show_always_inserted_mode,
15994 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15995 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15997 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
15998 condition_evaluation_enums,
15999 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16000 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16001 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16002 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16003 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16004 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16005 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16006 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16007 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16008 be set to \"gdb\""),
16009 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16010 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16011 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16012 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16014 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16015 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16016 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16017 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16018 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16019 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16020 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16021 or the start of the range\n\
16022 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16023 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16024 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16026 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16027 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16028 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16030 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16031 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16032 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16033 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16034 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING));
16035 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16037 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16038 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16039 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16040 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16041 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16042 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16043 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16044 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16045 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16046 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16047 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16048 &setlist, &showlist);
16050 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16051 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16052 &dprintf_function, _("\
16053 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16054 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16055 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16056 &setlist, &showlist);
16058 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16059 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16060 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16061 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16062 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16063 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16064 &setlist, &showlist);
16066 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16067 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16068 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16069 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16070 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16071 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16074 &setlist, &showlist);
16076 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16077 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16078 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16080 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16082 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16083 gdb::observers::thread_exit.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints);